|
| |
|
2002-2008:
The Nimblewill Nomad's Great Western Loop |
|
Journals for Great Western
Loop |
|
Northern Leg - 610 Mile
Bridge of the Gods, Cascade Locks, Oregon to Rogers Pass,
Montana - 2006
|
Wednesday--March 29, 2006
Trail Day--007
Trail Mile--16.7/0142
Location--Cascade Locks, Oregon
There are a number of hiking trails within the public areas here in
the Gorge. They climb along and around the bluffs and side
ravines, generally between the many high waterfalls. Indeed, this
area I'm passing today has the highest concentration of "high"
waterfalls, more than any other place in North America. I detour
from Old US30 to trek along one of the trails for a distance.
This is a very short hiking day, comparatively, only around
seventeen miles, but I tire from climbing around, plus carrying a
heavier pack (it rained last night and I slept through -- yes, I
hadn't rigged my fly -- everything I have is soaked!).
Hiking the Old US30 Highway, built back in the 20s was a memorable
part of my Odyssey '04 trek, and I find it no less enjoyable today.
If you take a moment, you can read my comments about this old road
at my September 7th Journal entry for that year.
Well, it's day seven. I've been out here a week now, nearly 150
miles. My back's a little sore, the body a tad tired, but looks
like the old legs are going to come back under me one more time. I
think this is going to prove a most memorable journey -- thank you
dear Lord.
The Corps didn't reach the Cascades until April 12th 1806. Much
time was spent exploring the lower tributaries of the Columbia,
notably the Multnomah (Willamettre) and the Quicksand (Sandy).
During that time they encamped above the mouth of the Washougal.
They were also concerned about provisions for their return; so
hunting parties were sent out. Natives descending the river
"...complained much of the scarcity of food among them. they
informed us that the nations above them were in the same
situation..." [Lewis, April 1st 1806] "This morning we came to a
resolution to remain at our present encampment or some where in this
neighbourhood untill we had obtained as much dried meat as would be
necessary for our voyage as far as the Chopunnish [Nez Perces]."
[Lewis, April 2nd 1806]
Lots more pictures today along the Gorge. Pilot Rock, Horsetail
Falls, a hiking trail, a short walk on the Union Pacific Railroad,
the Old Historic Columbia River Gorge Highway, and finally, the
Bridge of the Gods in Cascade Locks.
Thursday--March 30, 2006
Trail Day 008
Trail Mile--19.8/0162
Location--Hood River, Oregon
Cascade Locks is a five star trail town. Everything a tired hiker
could possibly need or want is within less than five minutes walking
distance. The people here are friendly, a change over the last 200
years. They like, and cater to, long distance backpackers (the
Pacific Crest National Scenic Trail drops off the mountain into
Cascade Locks before crossing the Bridge of the Gods on its way from
Mexico to Canada).
In '04 I stayed at the Bridge of the Gods Motel, right downtown,
within the shadow of the bridge. Stayed there again this time
around too. Great hosts, friendly folks. Hiker trash rates. All
whiz-bang new. Thanks Barbara and Roger, for your hospitality.
Had a long, interesting chat with Kristy, waitress at the local
diner. A slow evening, so we talked Lewis and Clark, and Native
American history. Kristy was born and raised right here by the
Locks. Her father, grandfather -- all lived out their lives here.
Her family came from Canada many years ago. Probably helped widen
the ruts in the old Oregon Trail, which passed the Cascades. Kristy
talked about the many Native Americans, dear friends she went to
school with (a far away glint here), and how their heritage -- and
hers seems now a mix.
Good to be in last night; hard rain. But to my good fortune the
good weather holds. I'm out to a cool, cloudy morning, and by noon
it fairs up and turns most pleasant. Trekking the grinder today,
I-84, all the way to Hood River. Much heavy truck traffic. The
constant racket, rush, and confusion wear me down. However, there's
raw, expansive beauty here in the Gorge. So, as I keep one eye on
the eighteen-wheelers, I try, with the other, to keep that beauty in
focus.
A few more good pictures, I hope. I'm in by three.
The Corps spent April 9th through the 12th 1806 below the rapids
(Cascades). The snowmelt/spring runoff was in full tilt causing the
Corps much difficulty in "hawking" their perogues/canoes and
portaging their gear. The Indians were a constant annoyance, a
problem that greatly angered Lewis.
"we passed several beautiful cascades which fell from a great
hight over the stupendous rocks which cloles [closes?] the river on
both sides nearly...the most remarkable of these casscades falls
about 300 feet perpendicularly over a solid rock [Multnomah, and the
high falls area discussed in my journal entry yesterday]..." [Lewis,
April 9th 1806]
"...this portage is two thousand eight hundred yards along a
narrow rough and slipery road...at present the whole distance is
extreemly difficult of ascent...the water appears to be upwards of
20 feet higher than when we decended the river...many of the natives
crouded about the bank of the river where the men were engaged in
taking up the canoes; one of them had the insolence to cast stones
down the bank at two of the men...three of this same tribe of
villains the Wah-clel-lars, stole my dog this evening...sent three
men in pursuit of the thieves with orders if they made the least
resistance or difficulty in surrendering the dog to fire on them..."
[Lewis, April 11th 1806]
Friday--March 31, 2006
Trail Day--009
Trail Mile--22.7/0185
Location--The Dalles, Oregon
Don't know why I stopped by the Hood River Best Western last
evening, but I did. Best Westerns are fine top-o-the-line motels,
and the Hood River facility ranks right up there with the best of
them. Anyway, at reception I told Beth and Dan my story about
hiking the L&CNHT. They both listened with sincere interest, then
Beth asked what I could afford. When I told her, she didn't frown or
say a word -- just went right to her computer and arranged a room
for me. One of the very finest rooms I've ever stayed in while
trekking, bar none. Thanks Beth and Dan, for your kindness to this
old man; I had a great stay!
Another fine day in the making weather-wise. Back to the I-84
grinder. I'll be on this bruiser, off and on, for a number of days
yet, until I'm out of the Columbia River Gorge. Old old US30, Old
US30, and now I-84, all were paved down over the ruts of the old
Oregon Trail. At the Memaloose Rest Area near Mosier, there's a
fine Oregon Trail Interpretive Pavilion. I stop and get a few
pictures.
From the interstate today, there are many fine views into and across
the Columbia River Gorge. The current is really moving swiftly here
as the river drops to the sea. I've been climbing steadily since
leaving Fort Clatsop. There, and by the mouth of the Columbia
River, at the Pacific Ocean, the elevation was zero. Over the past
nine days, and as I've been steadily climbing the Gorge, tomorrow,
near Biggs Junction, the Columbia will be standing at 157 feet.
The last part of the hike today I'm back over on old US30. Thank
you, Lord! Near The Dalles now and after climbing a couple of
fences, then dashing across four lanes of I-84, I'm at the Columbia
Gorge Discovery Center and Museum. The admission fee is a little
steep for me, but the kind lady at reception allows me to drift the
hall and get some fine pictures.
By early afternoon I'm in The (new) Dalles. It takes another hour
and change to reach The (old) Dalles. I check into the little
mom-n-pop Oregon Motor Motel, right next the post office, a little
before four -- just like in '04. It's been a fine hiking day!
Saturday--April 1, 2006
Trail Day—010
Trail Mile--25.0/0210
Location--Rufus, Oregon
Bad electric storm last evening. Buckets of rain accompanied by a
full percussion/light show. Never before heard the likes of such
thunder, as it echoed/reverberated back and forth across the walls
of the Gorge. Charmed again; sure glad I was in!
This morning I'm out to a cold and misty time of it. But again, by
late morning the clutter burns away -- and gives way to another
beautiful day. Looking over my journal entries for the days through
here in '04, I daily lamented the annoying and troublesome wind. It
seemed to blow constantly, right up the Gorge, so hard at times that
I literally had to lean into it to make any headway at all. Well
now, the wind's still here -- It hasn't changed direction, but I
have! So comes help, finally, to bounce the old Nomad along.
Numerous songbirds and a wide variety of waterfowl are ever abundant
now. Ducks and geese in great numbers. On April 17th 1806 and
encamped at Dallesport, Ordway wrote: "a beautiful warm
morning...the Small birds of different kinds are Singing around us."
Ha, I got stopped by the Oregon State Police on I-84 this
morning. Was hiking with the traffic, which I almost never do.
Walking the "I-ways" out here is okay, but only if you're going
against the traffic. Didn't know that. The officer was most kind,
and very inquisitive about my trek. She asked if I tend to run into
problems with troublemakers along the road. She also asked if I had
a hiding place for my money and credit card. I just smiled, told
her about the little prayer {A Path by the Side of the Road) that I
recite each and every morning -- that that took care of it! She
smiled back, acted almost apologetic for hassling me; told me to be
careful -- and it was okay to keep on hiking the with-traffic side.
First chance however, I hopped the center barrier anyway, to hike
against the traffic, then I wave to her when she comes back the
other way an hour later.
I'm getting a fair distance ahead of the Corps now (time-wise, save
being 200 years late). From April 15th 1806 and through the 18th of
that year the Corps remained at Dallesport, set to the task of
trading for and procuring horses for the journey across the western
high plains and back over the Bitterroots. As they continued
upriver, and through the Long Narrows, they also continued bartering
for and purchasing horses -- with miserable success. The whole
ordeal, from the tone of the captain's journal entries, must have
been totally frustrating. On April 20th 1806, from just above the
Long Narrows (where I recently passed), Lewis wrote: "[The
Teninos] are poor, dirty, proud, haughty, inhospitable, parsimonious
and faithless in every rispect, nothing but our numbers I beleive
prevents their attempting to murder us at the moment. This morning
I was informed that the natives had pilfered six tommahawks and a
knife from the party in the course of the last night...one horse
which I had purchased and paid for yesterday and which could not be
found when I ordered the horses into close confinement yesterday I
was now informed had been gambled away by the rascal who had sold it
to me and had been taken away by a man of another nation." That
day Clark wrote: "I could not precure a Single horse of those
people, dureing this day at any price...I used every artifice decent
& even false Statements to enduce those pore devils to Sell me
horses."
The following day, April 21st 1806, near the Deschutes River
(passed by the Nomad today), after days of effort by all, the Corps
was still unable to fully shift travel from water to land. At that
point Lewis became pretty much unhinged. His journal entry tells it
all: "Notwithstanding all the precautions I had taken with
rispect to the horses one of them had broken his cord of 5 strands
of Elkskin and had gone off spanseled. I sent several men in surch
of the horse with orders to return at 10 A.M. with or without the
horse being determined to remain no longer with these villains.
they stole another tomahawk from us this morning I surched many of
them but could not find it. I ordered all the spare poles, paddles
and the ballance of our canoe put on the fire as the morning was
cold and also that not a particle should be left for the benefit of
the indians. I detected a fellow in stealing an iron socket of a
canoe pole and gave him several severe blows and mad the men kick
him out of camp. I now informed the indians that I would shoot the
first of them that attempted to steal an article from us. that we
were not affraid to fight them, that I had in my power at that
moment to kill them all and set fire to their houses..."
Gass was apparently so surprised by Lewis' actions that he
wrote: "While we were making preparations to start, an Indian
stole some iron articles from among the men's hands; which so
irritated Captain Lewis, that he struck him; which was the first act
of the kind, that had happened during the expedition."
Sunday--April 2, 2006
Trail Day—011
Trail Mile--28.0/0238
Location--Arlington, Oregon
If you've been following my itinerary from day-to-day, you will have
noticed the last two locations, for yesterday and today aren't
there. That's because I've decided to stay on the Oregon side of
the Gorge. I'll not be crossing the Columbia this journey.
There'll be plenty of time to enjoy the miles in Washington after I
pass Port Kelly.
I'm out this morning to another cold, drizzly day, but again, by
around eleven the day fairs up and turns warm and clear. Off come
my fleece jacket, mittens and headband.
The wind wants to come along and cause me trouble. By noon it's
blowing every which direction, trying to zero in on me. It gives up
by one and the Columbia turns completely flat. Of all the days I've
hiked beside this river I've never seen it glass over like it has
today. If the Corps ever experienced a day like this, I know they
would have enjoyed it. By three-thirty, the wind returns. It's got
me figured out this time and it comes straight at me from the east,
pushing hard. The last three miles of most any day are the tough
ones, today especially so.
We're back on daylight savings time again. Yippee! Wish we would
stay on it all year. I really like the late evening light. I
recall a number of years ago; there was a push to keep daylight
savings time year-round. One of the excuses then, at least in
Missouri, was the farmers would have to do their morning milking in
the dark. Taking a lantern into the barn was a fire hazard. So the
rationale was that the cows could give milk better in the daylight,
which left the rest of us in the dark come evening.
As I climb the Gorge, the climate change is striking. Down by
Portland, and beyond, it's rain forest. Here, there are no trees,
just grass -- and rocks. Before I leave the Gorge, it will become
even more arid. Near the Dalles, on April 17th 1806, Lewis wrote:
"the plain is covered with rich virdue of grass and herbs from
four to nine inches high and exibits a beautiful seen particularly
pleasing after having been so long imprisoned in mountains and those
almost impenetrable thick forrests of the seacoast."
Monday--April 3, 2006
Trail Day—012
Trail Mile--27.0/0265
Location--Boardman, Oregon
I'm out to another gloomy morning, cold with mist. The sun tries
burning through early morning, but not today. The wind is back
first thing. It's got my number now; hits me straight out of the
east -- blow your hat off kind of wind. I lean into it all day,
just like I did on the westbound trek.
The day remains cold, and by three the rain, mixed with sleet comes
along with the wind for good measure. It's a hard twenty-seven; I
just lean into it and go.
East of John Day Dam, and in the vicinity of Rock Creek, the Corps
finally shifted their travel entirely to land. That first night,
April 24th 1806, they camped near Blalock Oregon, passed by me
yesterday.
"the natives had tantalized us with an exchange of horses for our
canoes in the first instance, but when they found that we had made
our arrangements to travel by land they would give us nothing for
them I determined to cut them in peices sooner than leave them on
those terms, Drewyer struck one of the canoes and split of a small
peice with his tommahawk, they discovered us determined on this
subject and offered us several strands of beads for each which were
accepted. we proceeded up the river between the hills and it's
Northern shore...most of the party complain of the soarness of their
feer and legs this evening; it is no doubt caused by walking over
the rough stones and deep sands..." [Lewis, April 24, 1806]
Tuesday--April 4, 2006
Trail Day—013
Trail Mile--30.0/0295
Location--Hat Rock SP, Oregon
This is going to be a fine hiking day, cool and cloudy, just a
little wind coming at me. No gloves, no headband, only an open
jacket this morning.
Either the state police or local sheriff came to check me out first
thing almost every morning. It's the sheriff's turn today. No ID
required, just want to know what's up, why I'm out here on the
interstate -- if I'm okay. All have been kind and have shown
interest in my journey.
This is a day I've been looking forward to; not a big deal, but to
me, I guess it is -- I'm off the I-ways for this hike. Three more
miles this morning and I've got I-84 behind me. Been on it, on and
off (but mostly on), since Portland. There'll be plenty more I-ways
to cross over or under, or hike alongside before this trek is over,
but this is the last one I'll be on. Don't get me wrong, the
interstate is not a bad place to be, safe enough, just so much
commercial traffic plus long straight stretches disappearing to the
horizon. Tends to wear on a fellow. Yup, glad to have I-84 in my
rearview!
The Gorge is opening up now, the plateau much lower, so the I-way
climbs up and out of it from time to time today. I look behind me
often, but it's just too cloudy, too hazy to see the seventy or so
miles back to Mount Hood. Next snowcaps I'll see will be the
Rockies.
Near Irrigon, and on US730 now the plateau is covered with
roundy-roundy irrigation systems. The climate here is arid, very
dry, only 8-9 inches of rainfall per year. But the soil is loamy
and good for a variety of field crops, even vineyards. I recall
wondering, while passing Irrigon in '04, where that unusual name
came from. I remember chuckling and whispering to myself, "Don't
know, but without irrigation it'd sure be gone!"
In Umatilla I'm back on my planned route again. Arrive here early;
so after a short stop to get some Easter cards off, I head back out
and hoof it on to Hat Rock State Park, some 5-6 miles up the road.
Unusual rock formation, shaped like a huge Quaker's hat, or the one
the little fellow wears for St. Patty's Day.
"By the 27th, the party reached the country of Chief Yellept and the
Wallawallas, relatives of the Nez Perce. The chief rode up with six
men and was delighted to see the white men, as they were to see
him. Yellept was chief of a village of some fifteen lodges, with
perhaps 150 men, and many horses. It was currently set up about
twelve miles below the junction of the Columbia and the Snake, on
the north bank. [Stephen Ambrose, Undaunted Courage]
Wednesday--April 5, 2005
Trail Day—014
Trail Mile--22.0/0317
Location--Near Touchet, Washington
It was nearly dark when I arrived at Hat Rock SP last evening,
so the nearby Good Sam Campground Store was already closed. I hiked
on over by the park water tank and pitched for the night. Other
than the freight trains running across the river, all was quiet.
This morning I beat it back to the store, which has a grill. Here
Sally, the storeowner greets me. Oh yes, she's in early making
biscuits, and coffee's brewed and ready -- and she invites me in.
Not much going on this morning, except it's darking over and the
rain is setting in. "Not much activity around here when it's
raining," Sally remarks, not complaining. She sets to fixing me a
fine breakfast, complete with a freshly baked biscuit. I try to
drain her coffee. Plenty of time to chat. Sally tells me of her
adventures, from ranching a 50-section spread in Arizona to touring
Europe. Doesn't take long to realize, deep down, she's just a
wanderlust, like me. Breakfast is Sally's treat -- and she sends me
out with grub for the evening. Thanks’ Sally!
By the time I hit the road, it's raining steady. The wind tries,
but decides to back off and let the rain do the job on me today.
And a fine job it does, indeed. No letup till dark.
I content myself with hammering on up the Gorge. The rains, the
clouds, the fog, all combines to create an eerie beauty to the
place. At two, I put Oregon behind me. Ten more states to go. By
four, I reach US12, and leave the Columbia Gorge behind me. I'll
follow the Touchet River, then the Walla Walla River, to Walla
Walla, generally the return route followed by the Corps, and later
by the Oregon Trail.
Along about here, in late April 1806, things greatly improved for
the Corps, at least as to relations with the natives. They were
greeted again by Chief Yellept who, along with his villagers, had
invited the Yakima to join them for an evening of festivities.
"...a little before sunset the Chymnahpos [Yakima] arrived; they
were about 100 men and a few women; they joined the Wallahwollahs
who were about the same number and formed a half circle around our
camp where they waited very patiently to see our party dance. the
fiddle was played and the men amused themselves with dancing about
an hour. we then requested the Indians to dance which they very
cheerfully complied with...about 550 men women and children sung and
danced at the same time." [Lewis, April 28th 1806]
Thursday--April 6, 2006
Trail Day—015
Trail Mile--20.0/0337
Location--Walla Walla, Washington
The wind blows here. Perhaps you've picked up on that if you're
following along. On the plateau above the Columbia River Gorge,
there's nothing to stop the wind, save perhaps five or six hundred
huge wind-driven turbines. But they don't stop it either, they just
turn with it. All night last, from where I'd pitched in a dry gulch
below the highway, I could hear the moan of the night wind as it
passed the turbine props, kinda like the wind in the tall pine, but
not really -- more low-pitched and mournful.
The day dawns clear and cold. I'm having a time getting the old
jitney cranked and haulin'. The damp cold is partly the cause.
Mainly my feet are so much mush from the soaking yesterday. The
feet must be broken in for both dry and wet. The dry I've got; the
wet I'm workin' on.
No complaints though. Been very fortunate this start-up. I've
suffered the usual shin splints, sore back, aching knees and joints,
but not nearly as bad as the beginning of other treks. I've been
out here two weeks now, hammering 20-30 mile days. My legs are back
under me one more time. It's a blessing, pure and simple -- it's a
blessing. Thank you, Lord!
Not much in the little berg of Touchet (rhymes with juicy -- locals
say it ain't French!). There's a Chevron with a Subway. I go for
the breakfast bun and doubles on coffee. The klatch has taken up
the far corner. David, Manuel, and Gary. They take me in. Happy
conversation about the old school days, that stuff. Good fun.
Out of the Chevron, the gloves and headband come off. Gentle breeze
to my back. I can see the western extent of the Rockies and many
snowcaps to my east. Be there soon. I'm now taking (generally) the
eighty-mile shortcut followed by Lewis and Clark, through Waitsburg
(where I'll be tomorrow), Dayton and Pomeroy. When the Corps
crossed the Columbia River on April 29th 1806, aided by Yellept,
they had 23 horses and a Nez Perce guide to help them onward to the
Snake River, west of present day Clarkston.
"...the indians informed us that there was a good road which
passed from the columbia opposite to this village to the entrance of
the Kooskooske on the S. side of Lewis's river...we knew that a road
in that direction if the country would permit would shorten our rout
at least 80 miles..." [Lewis, April 27th 1806]
Friday--April 7, 2006
Trail Day—016
Trail Mile--21.2/0358
Location--Waitsburg, Washington
Walla Walla is a fair-sized town; hiking through takes awhile. I'm
headed for Waitsburg today, continuing on US12, up and over a
portion of the western high plains. The Corps did not pass this
way. Rather, they continued following the Touchet River, west of
Walla Walla, as it curved up and around to present-day Waitsburg.
From these plains I'll descend, as did the Corps, down to the Snake
River at Clarkston/Lewiston. But generally I've been, and will
continue, climbing. Where I turned from the Columbia River Gorge at
Wallula Junction, the Columbia stood at 348 feet. By the time I
reach the Snake River, day after tomorrow, the river there is at 725
feet. Yet continuing along US12, up the valleys of the Clearwater
and Lochsa, I'll climb steadily up and into the high-ranging
Bitterroots.
Around Waitsburg there's more annual rainfall than for areas just
west. In these rolling high plains, wheat is king, and during the
summer it's wheat, 360, to the horizon.
"I see very little difference between the apparent face of the
country here and that of the plains of the Missouri only that these
are not enlivened by the vast herds of buffaloe Elk &c which
ornament the other." [Lewis, May 1st 1806]
Upon leaving their lands, and speaking of the Wallawallas on May
2nd 1806, Lewis noted "...that they are the most hospitable,
honest, and sincere people that we have met with in our voyage."
Saturday--April 8, 2006
Trail Day—017
Trail Mile--9.8/0368
Location--Dayton, Washington
My first mail drop was in Walla Walla. There I received cards
from dear family and friends. It's always a morale booster --
hearing from folks that are following along. My next mail drop
(scheduled) will be in Great Falls around the end of this month. My
address there will be: M. J. Eberhart, c/o General Delivery, Great
Falls, Montana 59401. It'd be a joy to hear from y'all! Please
mark your mail "Hold for L&C NHT Hiker.”
In Waitsburg last, and as I turned by the White Stallion Restaurant
and Lounge, a car pulled beside and parked. Out came this lady --
straight to me. "There's a purpose in what you're doing, isn't
there?" she remarked with a beaming smile. "My granddaughter and
me, we saw you on our way to Walla Walla, then again on our return
trip home. We knew you didn't want a ride. You're walking for a
purpose, aren't you?" she continued. And so, there by that fine
establishment (hers), I met Gaye and granddaughter, Hillary. I
smiled back, returning her kind greeting, then told her about my
return trek -- the 200th anniversary of the return of Lewis and
Clark. A broader-beaming smile then, and Hillary was beaming too!
"Did you notice the name of my place -- White Stallion? You know
what it stands for, don't you?" she asked. Gaye continued smiling
and nodding in agreement as I recalled the story of the Wallawallas
and Chief Yellept, who had befriended Lewis and Clark in the fall of
1805 -- then had come again to aid and assist the Corps on their
return. During that time of renewed friendship and celebration,
Chief Yellept offered the Corps a "very eligant white horse"
[Lewis, April 28th 1806]. And so, Gaye's inspiration for naming
her place, "White Stallion." Gaye invited me in as her guest. She
fed me a huge cod dinner, all the while sitting and entertaining me
with friendly conversation. Also befriending me was waitress, Tammy
Jo. Thanks, Gaye, Hillary, Tammy Jo. Your kindness and
hospitality, your generosity, they'll remain in my memory.
With an hour remaining till dusk, I hoofed it on up to Lewis and
Clark State Park, there to find a grassy spot back under the trees.
Ahh, this adventure is truly turning to one of fulfillment and
reward.
The rain began around five this morning, driven by a cold wind out
of the southwest. I break camp in it, and then hasten the remaining
distance to Dayton. This has been a short day. In Dayton, Shailesh
offers the old Nomad a hiker trash deal at his fine Blue Mountain
Motel.
I'm in!
"it rained, hailed, snowed & blowed with Great Violence the
greater portion of the day. it was fortunate for us that this storm
was from the S.W. and of course on our backs." [Clark, May 3rd 1806]
Sunday--April 9, 2006
Trail Day—018
Trail Mile--26.9/0394
Location--Pomeroy, Washington
An amazing "coincidence" last evening. I had walked downtown to see
the local sights and to meet a few of the local folks. Being late,
the only place open was the bar and grill. One seat was left at the
bar, between an old gent and a younger chap. I took it. Struck up
a conversation first thing with the old gent. In awhile, the
younger fellow joined in. He's working the wind turbine project.
Came to find he was from Dahlonega, Georgia, the son-in-law of a
dear friend there, Juddy -- who's since passed away. Bill, it was a
pleasure meeting you. When you get back home, my regards please, to
Juddy's mother, Georgia Mae, his widow, Donna, his daughter (your
wife), Johanna, and all the other kids.
What a blessing, the short day yesterday, with plenty of time to
rest. It was much needed.
I'm out at eight to a glorious cool, clear morning. Folks have been
telling me about the Corps' camp of May 2nd 1806, located just
outside of town. I check my maps and find I can take a detour and
pass by there. So it's off to the May 2nd camp I go.
I find it to be a pretty amazing place. The camp is set entirely
with iron silhouettes of all the members of the Corps, even the
Indian guides, and all the horses. I spend much time taking
pictures -- and cleaning the mess of catsup, mayo, mustard, and ice
cream off all the plaques so I can photograph them.
The hike today is mostly along gravel roads, a shortcut across a big
horseshoe loop in US12, up and onto the plateau, then down to
Marengo, a little crossroads community, then back up to the plateau,
to finally descend back down to catch US12 coming around. Beautiful
views all along, including many huge wind-driven turbines not here
when I passed in '04. Along the way I meet an old chap, name of
Pepper Nelson -- runs Stirrup T Farms in a "little" place called
Covello -- which, in the early 1900s boasted a population of 107.
There are only two people living there now, Pepper and his wife!
By six, I'm entering the streets of Pomeroy. By six, the rain is
also entering the streets of Pomeroy.
On May 3rd 1806, the Corps camped by Pataha Creek, near present-day
Pomeroy, here in Garfield County, Washington. Nearing the
confluence of the Snake and the Clearwater, the Corps was beginning
to run into the Nez Perce again.
"we met with We-ark-koomt [Nez Perce Chief]...he is the 1st Chief
of a large band of the Chopunnish nation [again, Nez
Perce]...[Lewis, May 3rd 1806]
Monday--April 10, 2006
Trail Day—019
Trail Mile--31.5/0426
Location--Lewiston, Idaho
This is going to be a long grind-it-out day. Cold rain gets me
started, and then slacks off from time-to-time as the morning
progresses. But by one, and as I'm working the climb up to Alpowa,
which crests just shy of 3,000 feet, the wind starts kicking,
driving hail along with it. On the top of Alpowa I see a very large
gray wolf. He's grubbing around for field mice, totally oblivious
to my presence. When he finally sees me, he hightails it,
literally, up and over the rise, and in a flash, he's gone.
The Corps also climbed up and over Alpowa. While on the flat,
ranging crest, and on May 4th 1806, Clark wrote: "the soil is
extremely fertile...it produces great quantities of the quawmash a
root of which the natives are extremely fond."
During the 200th '04 anniversary, the Corps' outbound journey,
there were many folks following the Lewis and Clark National
Historic Trail, in automobiles, motor homes, and on bicycles. To my
knowledge, no one else hiked the trail, although there was a lone
kayaker/hiker who made the distance, by water and then by land. His
name is Norm Miller, and you can check out his amazing adventure at
www.lewisandclark-2004.com. If you followed my journey during
that year, you'll recall it took 124 days and over 3,100 miles.
This year, it being the 200th anniversary of the Corps' return from
Fort Clatsop to St. Louis -- and there being unfinished business as
to my involvement with the anniversary, I decided to return to Fort
Clatsop and do the return trek. So on March 23rd, at one o'clock,
200 years to the day (hour) I began my personal return journey. This
odyssey is going to be charmed. I can tell already. I'm seeing so
many old friends, and making new ones.
Many times during the '04 odyssey, and again this trek, folks have
commented to the effect: "Well, the Corps of Discovery was a voyage
by water, not a journey by land." And indeed, both the captains
referred to the journey as a voyage from time-to-time. They did
indeed struggle for great distances, up and down many great rivers,
during their "voyage." However, as through here, and for months,
the Corps journeyed by horseback -- or they simply walked. And even
when they had horses, they still walked, leading their heavily laden
"pack stock" along.
If you've read the journals of the members of the Corps, more
specifically, those of Lewis and those of Clark, you will have come
to know and understand the many individual talents and interests of
these two men. Clark was the boatman, the navigator, and the
cartographer. Lewis was the naturalist, the entomologist, and the
anthropologist. While the Corps traveled by water, Clark spent most
of his time as leader of the boat crews. Lewis on the other hand,
took to the lands along, traveling for the greater part on foot. He
has been credited with the discovery of many species of plants and
animals.
The hunters that supplied meat, the nourishment and energy that kept
the Corps going, those Kentucky boys and the greatest hunter, the
half-breed, Drouillard -- the Lord only knows how many thousands of
miles they walked hunting, ranging the plains, the valleys, and
mountainsides in search for game.
Oh, but could I have lived 200 years ago. Could I have been born
and raised along the Ohio River. I would have been one of those
Kentucky boys chosen by Clark. Oh, to have been a member of that
remarkable history making/changing expedition, one of the most
incredible adventures of all recorded time. Oh, to have been there
-- to have been one of them. Could my dream, my wish be made true,
right here, right now where I stand, pack shouldered and ready,
you'd see but a puff of smoke -- and I'd be gone. And there, in the
complement of the Corps, there in their journals, those documents of
time -- you'd read my name.
Descending from Alpowa, I reach the upper Hells Gate section of the
Snake River by four. At six, I put the Snake River, and Washington,
behind me.
On May 4th 1806, the Corps encamped on the banks of the Snake River,
a short distance below present day Clarkston/Lewiston. In his
journal for that day, Lewis wrote: "we met with Te-toh, ar sky,
the youngest of the two cheifs who accompanied us last fall [to] the
great falls of the Columbia...these indians recommended our passing
the river [Snake] at this place and ascending the Kooskooske
[Clearwater] on the N.E. side...thither they promised to conduct
us..."
That day in his journal, Gass wrote: "we halted at an Indian
lodge, and could get nothing to eat, except some bread made of a
kind of root I was unaquainted with. We had, however, a dog, which
we bought from the Indians...scanty allowance for thirty odd hungry
men."
Tuesday--April 11, 2006
Trail Day—020
Trail Mile--27.6/0453
Location--Lenore, Idaho
I had somewhat dreaded this day. Up through Clearwater River
Canyon the river is squeezed hard both sides by the canyon walls,
the road jammed in between the river and the bluff. Consequently,
the road has no emergency lane, either side, and the white line
(road edge) is hard against the crash rails. In '04, I passed
through this section of the lower canyon in driving rain, the wind
and the eighteen-wheelers being the drivers. However, today turns
out totally different. I've got more room on the upriver side, the
commercial traffic is thin -- and it's a beautiful, warm and sunny
day!
The Clearwater isn't so clear this time of year. It's roiling and
boiling, brimful with snowmelt, and whatever else it can bring down
with it. The Corps crossed the Snake River below the confluence of
the Clearwater (near present-day Clarkson/Lewiston), thus putting
them on the north side of the Clearwater, where a number the Nez
Perce villages were located. On the third day's march up the
Clearwater, the Corps "passed" the river to the south side on May
7th 1806.
By late afternoon, the day darks over and the rain begins, but I'm
out of it as I've reached my destination for the day, the Nez Perce
Reservation and the Thunderbird Smoke Shop. La Verne is still here,
still working evenings. She welcomes me, and in a short while I'm
again given permission to pitch behind the fireworks shed -- just
like in '04.
"We proceeded up the river 4 miles to a lodge of six
families...Here our guide recommended the passing of the river. He
informed us that the road was better on the south side and game more
abundant...Accordingly, we unloaded our horses and prepared to pass
the river, which we effected by means of one canoe in four hours."
[Lewis, May 7th 1806]
Wednesday--April 12, 2006
Trail Day—021
Trail Mile--15.8/0469
Location--Orofino, Idaho
It'll be a steady climb today, up US12, which goes up by the
Clearwater. At Lewiston the river stood at 725 feet. When I reach
Orofino this evening, and at that place, the Clearwater stands at
982 feet.
The day starts iffy, drizzle but mild. The rain soon relents and
the day turns fair. The highway continues by the bluff one side,
the river the other, scant room for a road. I hike outside the
crash rail for a fair distance, but the going is a difficult
off-camber and the rocks loose and unsafe. I finally give it up to
take my chances once more with the eighteen-wheelers. On the
outskirts of Orofino I stop for my picture by an old dugout canoe in
front of a neat little craft shop. Then it's on to Canoe Camp,
above Canyon Creek, where in 1805 the Corps took to the water for
the remainder of their voyage to the sea.
In Orofino, and at the White Pine Motel, I'm greeted again by Dave,
who recognizes me immediately. The rain soon returns -- and stays.
Sure glad I beat it in!
"At a distance of two miles, we passed a lodge of two
fires...situated on a small branch which falls into Mosquito
[Canyon] Creek. Soon after we arrived at camp, two boys, with
Willard, set out to the river near the place we made the canoes
[Canoe Camp] for our saddles and a cannister of powder we buried
there..." [Lewis, May 9th 1806]
Thursday--April 13, 2006
Trail Day—022
Trail Mile--22.1/0491
Location--Kamiah, Idaho
Looks like the rain is here for the duration; came down hard all
night, and this morning it continues, as I don my poncho and head
into it.
I'll be hiking new territory for the first time on this trek,
staying US12 to Lolo, instead of climbing to the high plains by
Weippe. Locals have told me not to go up on the mountain trail; "If
the snow isn't hip deep, then it'll be pure mud,” they tell me. So
I'll stay the highway and connect back at a place called Powell
Ranger Station, just below Lolo Pass.
The Corps was unable to traverse the Bitterroots until the end of
June. On the highways, I'm content I'll make it through just fine
mid April. I'm cutting across with Lewis! Plans are to be in Great
Falls by the end of this month.
The canyon stays tight with the river. More no-shoulder road most
of the day but the ruggedness of the canyon makes for breathtaking
scenery. The rain stays all day, with clouds running the canyon.
This section between Orofino and Kamiah (cam-e-eye) is spectacular.
The rain, the veil it drapes by the canyon walls, and the clouds
running low with the ridges visible above; it's just magic. So the
eighteen-wheelers that shove and push me, which totally soak me, do
not dampen my joy for this day.
I'm into Kamiah by four, to the Kamiah Inn, where hiker trash is
king!
I have been frustrating all day about calling my dear friends, Gene
and Mollie Eastman. They live in Weippe. I would dearly love to
see them both again, but I'm not going by way of Weippe this trek,
and it's just too far for them to come down from the prairie, into
the canyon, then up to Kamiah. So better judgment prevails -- and I
send them an email.
At this point, I am now one month (less 200 years) ahead of the
Corps. On May 8th 1806, the Corps again met The Nez Perce Chief,
Twisted Hair. He had been the Corps' main guide down the Columbia
to Celilo Falls. He had also cared for their horses during the
winter of 1805-06. At camp near Orofino the captains told the Nez
Perce about their expedition and the new government they would be
subject to. All the while, they were collecting their horses, and
on May 13th 1806, they moved on to Kamiah. The next day they
"passed" the river to the east side where they encamped. They
remained here until June 10th, waiting for the snow to melt in the
Bitterroots. The Corps did not name this camp, however, historians
have called it Long Camp or Camp Chopunish, the name Lewis and Clark
used for the Nez Perce. Other than at the two winter forts, the
Corps remained here longer than at any other camp. At Camp
Chopunish, Lewis soon became restless. He wanted to get moving, to
return to St Louis.
"I am pleased at finding the river rise so rapidly, it no doubt
is attributeable to the melting snows of the mountains; that icy
barier which separates me from my friends and Country, from all
which makes life esteemable, patience, patience." [Lewis, May 17th
1806]
Friday--April 14, 2006
Trail Day—023
Trail Mile--29.6/0521
Location--Lowell, Idaho
I'm out at seven to a cold, mushy morning. No rain yet, but
looks are, it'll arrive soon. Ahh, but hey, by eleven the sun
breaks through, off come the gloves and jacket -- and the remainder
of the day turns perfect!
More steady climbing today, up and into the upper reaches of the
Columbia River watershed. At Kooskia, a little village I pass late
this morning, the Clearwater River stands at 1,140 feet. Just above
here, the Clearwater comes together from the middle and south
forks. US12 follows the middle fork. Further up, and by early
evening I reach Lowell. Here the Clearwater River has its
beginning, at the confluence of the Selway and Lochsa Rivers. The
Lochsa is a formidable river in its own right, and the highway will
follow it ever upward for over sixty miles, to just below Lolo Pass.
US12 is much more friendly now, as the traffic thins and the
shoulders open up. This gives me time to look around and enjoy the
scenery and the wildlife -- large mergansers, mallards, Canadians.
I hear turkey calling all along today. And I hear the turkey
hunters practicing their calls. Tomorrow is the beginning of spring
turkey season.
On the high ridges and peaks above the canyon, which are becoming
higher and more rugged around each bend, I can see much snow. The
expedition was detained almost five weeks, waiting for the snow to
melt on these high ridges above Weippe Prairie. The parallel route
I've chosen will prove a much safer way, and I'll not be detained.
I am now two months ahead of the Corps -- less 200 years.
I reach the fine Three Rivers Motel and Resort in Lowell by five.
Here the owners, Marie and Mike Smith, who’ve hosted guest for over
three decades, greet me. I give Marie my little two-minute Lewis
and Clark trek talk, and she takes me in -- special handling for the
old Nomad! It's been a long day. A good soaking for my tired old
bones, then up with the feet; that's the trick. Thanks Marie and
Mike for your kindness and hospitality!
"we have now been detained near five weeks in consequence of the
snows; a serious loss of time at this delightfull season for
traveling. I am still apprehensive that the snow and the want of
food for our horses will prove a serious imbarrassment to us as at
least four days journey of our rout in these mountains lies over
hights and along a ledge of mountains never intirely destitute of
snow. every body seems anxious to be in motion, convinced that we
have not now any time to delay if the calculation is to reach the
United States this season; this I am detirmined to accomplish if
within the compass of human power." [Lewis, June 14th 1806]
Saturday--April 15, 2006
Trail Day—024
Trail Mile--30.1/0545
Location--Wilderness Gateway Camp
When I tell you this trek is charmed, it truly is. Just when I
reached Three Rivers last evening, the rain came to stay, all night,
steady and hard. And oh my -- it's still getting with it this
morning. Okay, so the trek is only half charmed!
Just before reaching Lowell last evening there was this highway
warning sign: "Last diesel, last gas for 64 miles." Actually, that
meant last pretty much everything for the next 64 miles. The
Bitterroots here, the Lochsa (say Locksaw) Wild and Scenic River,
this vast, rugged section of the splendid Bitterroot Mountains,
remains one of the most remote wilderness areas in all the lower
48. I'll force this canyon for the better part of the next three
days as I work my way up the Lochsa, from Lowell to Lochsa Lodge,
just below Lolo Pass. From where I picked up the Lochsa, at Lowell,
to where I'll leave it day-after-tomorrow below Powell Ranger
Station, I'll climb over 2,000 feet up the Lochsa Canyon.
I head over first thing for a few provisions at the little Lowell
Store. Then it's next door for a final hot meal at the Wilderness
Cafe.
My poncho goes on -- and stays on all day. Not much traffic, but
lots of die-hard kayakers playing in the rapids of the Lochsa, an
Indian word, which means, "rough water,” an understatement for
sure. This river is almost totally whitewater, roaring and crashing
as it tumbles down. The climb is steady for the whole day. During
this climb to the Bitterroot Divide at Lolo Pass I had figured on
cold, hard weather, so the relentless, biting rain this day hasn't
been a disappointment. However, with the rain, clouds, and
snowcaps, has come the opportunity, and I do believe I've gotten
some pretty impressive photos.
The Lolo Motorway, which is a high clearance two-track road laid
down pretty much over the old Indian (Nez Perce) Trail, is just
above me on the ridge. Through here in late June of 1806, joining
the Corps were five young Nez Perce braves. Two were going to visit
their allies, the Salish. The other three were headed for the Great
Falls of the Missouri -- and as fate would have, they were to become
a Godsend to the Corps. For, on the 27th, Lewis wrote: "We were
entirely surrounded by these mountains...it would have seemed
impossible ever to have escaped; in short, without the assistance of
our guides [the three braves] I doubt much whether we...could find
our way." The sight would "...damp the sperits of any except such
hardy travellers as we have become."
With the aid of the three Nez Perce guides, the Corps traversed the
rugged Bitterroots in only six days, where, in the autumn of 1805,
the outbound traverse cost them twelve days -- and nearly their
lives.
I am now two months and a few days ahead of the Corps (less 200
years), and from this point, and indeed for the remainder of this
trek to Gateway Arch in St. Louis, I will have to hike hard to
maintain this lead. For, when the Corps started moving again, up,
into, and across these rugged Bitterroots, they had 65 horses,
enough to carry both men and baggage. Ahh, and once over the Great
Divide, the Rockies behind them, from there it was literally all
downhill, by the waters of that mighty river, up which they had
labored and struggled for so long and so very hard.
Easter Sunday--April 16, 2006
Trail Day—025
Trail Mile--30.0/0575
Location--Jerry Johnson Camp
Actually, I didn't quite make it to Wilderness Gateway Camp last,
but chose instead to pull up just short at the old historic ranger
station. The rain had really worked me over all day. I was pretty
much soaked and could sense the early stages of hypothermia, not a
good feeling. The rain hadn't let up. In fact, it had been
steadily increasing in intensity with a mix of sleet. Making camp
in this sort of weather is a real problem; at least I've always
found it to be. I can never seem to get my pack off and open, my
tent up, and me and my gear in without a thorough soaking. The old
ranger cabins have porches, the first and only sign of any kind of
shelter from the storm all day -- I pulled over!
The cold rain, sleet, then snow-mix continued all night. And this
morning it's still at it. It takes all the will I can muster just
to shoulder my pack and head back out into it again. Thankfully, my
thoughts turn to the brighter side -- that this day, and perhaps
tomorrow, these next two days might well be the very worst I'll have
to deal with the remainder of this journey. That thought gives me
the will and determination to hit it and go.
Once out and moving, I find the old jitney very responsive, as I get
right up to normal operating temperature. It's hit the cruise
button time -- I motor, looking up only long enough to dodge the
eighteen-wheeler tornados. Yes, they're running on Easter Day!
The steady climb continues as the constant roar of the grand Lochsa
fades to my subconscious. The canyon pinches tight all the day, its
gray-cold walls standing hard against the river -- and the highway.
The sharp, blind curves are countless. So too, the many harried
motorists, in that instant, as they fly around to meet me hugging
the rock.
By late evening I've hammered another thirty, having stopped only
long enough for water, some needed relief, or a quick photo.
As I reach Jerry Johnson Camp, which is gated and closed for the
winter (it's still winter up here) the day darks dramatically. The
rain, which has been continuous, turns first to rain/sleet, then to
rain/sleet/wet snow, then to pure snow.
Lucky for me, the Lochsa Rangers have seen fit to leave the toilet
unlocked. Oh yes indeedy, any port in a storm! I'm in, and happy
to be out of it yet again. The sleet and rain continue all night,
but I'm warm and dry on the toilet floor -- stretched out in my
Feathered Friends bag, on my comfy Therm-a-Rest pad. What a
blessing. Thank you kind and thoughtful Lochsa Rangers. And thank
you, dear Lord!
"on an elevated point we halted by the request of the Indians a
few minutes and smoked the pipe. on this eminence the natives have
raised a conic mound of stones of 6 or eight feet high and on it's
summit erected a pine pole of 15 feet long [The Smoking
Place]...from this place we had an extensive view of these
stupendous mountains principally covered with snow like that on
which we stood..." [Lewis, June 27th 1806]
Monday--April 17, 2006
Trail Day—026
Trail Mile--11.3/0586
Location--Lochsa Lodge, Idaho
I've a very short day today, the hike on up to Lochsa Lodge, which
is a grand establishment in the finest tradition. So I'm out with a
bounce in my step, into the rain and snow. No matter. The cold and
dampness will not dampen my spirit.
After an hour, the sun breaks through, the roadway steams, and then
dries. Off come the poncho and the gloves for the first time in
days. What a change!
In the second hour, and as I pass the spot where the Corps climbed
from the Lochsa back up to the ridge, and where I turned from the
highway to climb the same ridge in '04, the day darks over, it turns
immediately cold again -- and the snow returns.
In a few more miles, a yellow Idaho Highway Department truck goes
by. In minutes it passes again, the other way. Then again in just
minutes it passes the third time, then stops and turns, and returns
-- to pull off just ahead of me. I'm thinking: "Oh man, now what
have I done!" As I approach the truck, comes a fellow to greet me,
with a beaming smile, and a brand new blaze orange vest. "We have
some crazy drivers around here; thought you could use this." he says
-- and so, I meet Ron Moss, Maintenance Supervisor at Powell. While
he's slipping the vest over my pack I get the latest on the
weather. Hey, it's going to fair up some, and I should have much
better conditions once I'm over the pass tomorrow. Thanks, Ron, for
your thoughtfulness!
With less than a mile to the lodge, and as the road climbs yet
higher, leaving the Lochsa, the snow returns once again, so hard and
with such huge flakes it becomes difficult to see the road ahead.
Fortunately, I'm at the turnoff to Lochsa Lodge, and in moments I'm
standing, dripping wet, by the lodge desk. Gail, the hostess, and
Ron, the lodge owner are there to greet me.
Pack off and aside, I'm seated, to have a piping hot cup of coffee
placed in my hands!
Folks, it's sure good to be back to Lochsa Lodge!
"We continued our route along the dividing ridge over knobs and
deep hollows...At 12 o'clock we arrived at an untimbered hillside of
a mountain with a southern aspect just above the fishery [and just
above Lochsa Lodge]...we decided to remain at this place all night,
having come 13 miles only." [Clark, June 28th 1806]
Tuesday--April 18, 2006
Trail Day—027
Trail Mile--28.2/0615
Location--Beyond Lolo Hot Springs, Montana
What a grand time at Lochsa Lodge. The place is pure class. So
too, the folks there. Lochsa is a family business, owned and
operated since 1984 by Don and Andrea Denton. In the tavern, I met
Mike, Tom and Karen who work at the lodge. Also Ron and Lorraine,
whose stalled van had left them stranded. We spent a grand
afternoon together -- much fun for the socially starved Nomad!
A fine cook there also, great food. Dang, I forget his name. But I
do know that he's the great grandson of the famous actor, John
Wayne. Hmm, wonder if he's a Morrison! Wasn't John Wayne's given
name Marion Morrison?
I am very thankful the Dentons took me in last. The snow continued
off and on all night, and there are flurries, and it's cold this
morning. Ahh, but I was comfortable and warm. Thanks all dear
friends (one more time) at Lochsa Lodge!
Ron and Lorraine walk with me back out to US12 and I'm on my way to
Lolo Pass a little after nine. The steady climb gets the old jitney
humming right off. In just a short distance I reach the
cathedral-like stand of western red cedar known as DeVoto Grove,
named for author, historian and conservationist, Bernard DeVoto. Over
half a century ago he often camped in the grove while editing the
journals of Lewis and Clark. His ashes are scattered here among
these sky-bound sentinels. DeVoto's definitive work, his research
and writing about the Corps of Discovery, especially as to the
journals of Lewis and Clark, that work has been the hallmark on the
subject for years.
I linger here. It is quiet, peaceful, a spiritual place, like in a
cathedral. Western red cedar takes 300-400 years to mature to the
likes of those. If undisturbed, they can thrive for thousands of
years.
It has been trying to fair up this morning and at times I can
actually see passing patches of blue, but the dark skies rule and
the snow returns often as I continue ascending.
By two, I've reached the pass. The sky finally clears and the day
becomes blinding-bright, as the sun bounces and reflects from the
enormous drifts and mounds of snow. I linger again, at the
beautiful interpretive center. It's still closed, but the snowplows
have been around the drive. I take many pictures. The scenes are
remarkable.
As I turn to descend into Montana, I lose an hour; it's a time
change from Pacific to Mountain. Continuing down, I reflect on the
past few days spent here in these rugged Bitterroots. I recall the
mixed feelings experienced while passing by the Clearwater Bridge at
Greer -- where I crossed after descending from Weippe Prairie in
'04. I had so wanted to go that way again, as did the Corps in
1806. But I am content now, pleased that I've had the opportunity
to see and experience the very best of these mountains, the rugged
beauty that abounds in the Bitterroots.
I have previously passed and have seen most of the historic places
along the Nez Perce Trail, those written about in the books, like
Snowbank Camp, Indian Post Office, The Smoking Place, Indian Grave.
Now, having ascended the canyons of the Clearwater and the Lochsa, I
know why the old Indian trail took to the high place!
I have also experienced the unexcelled beauty and grandeur, the
vibrancy and mighty power, the rushing waters of those rivers that
crash and tumble in pure whiteness, bound by the canyon walls.
There are many things one can experience only while walking. Up
through the canyons of the Clearwater and Lochsa, I was constantly
amazed at the sheer number of tributaries, the small trickles and
rivulets, the larger brooks, creeks and streams, which entered the
main canyon from the side hills. Of course, one can see them while
passing swiftly by. However, one cannot experience, let alone
explain, the utter bewilderment as to the seemingly never lessened
magnitude/volume of the main waters -- above each confluence. For
miles, indeed, for days, I marveled as to this phenomenon. I
actually began believing their true sources to be unseen, to be
infinite, their origins some other place, from another time, far
above, distant, beyond the canyon walls.
So, though a sense of sadness yet lingers, I depart Idaho with a
deep feeling of appreciation and accomplishment. Appreciation for
the path the Lord chose for me, straight through the bosom of
Nature's best. Accomplishment? It's the satisfaction of knowing
that I've followed in the shadows and in the footsteps of the Corps,
best I could. Too, it is the satisfaction of knowing that I truly
understand, perhaps better than anyone alive today, the hardship and
sacrifice of those courageous, undaunted Americans -- of 200 years
ago.
So long Idaho, good-bye to your remarkable lands, good-bye to your
kind and generous people.
By late evening I arrive Lolo Hot Springs. I had planned on
stopping off here for the evening. But even now, during the
off-season, it's way too touristy for me -- eighty bucks for a
cabin? I don't think so. The Corps managed to stay free, don't you
know!
"when we descended from this ridge we bid adieu to the
snow...after dining we continued our march seven miles further to
the warm springs [Lolo Hot Springs]...both the men and indians
amused themselves with the use of a bath this evening. I observed
that the indians after remaining in the hot bath as long as they
could bear it ran and plunged themselves into the creek [100 yds. or
so to Lolo Creek] the water of which is now as cold as ice can make
it..." [Lewis, June 29th 1806]
Wednesday--April 19, 2006
Trail Day—028
Trail Mile--27.6/0643
Location--Missoula, Montana
What a night. I managed to keep warm, kinda. With the clear
skies this side of the Bitterroot Divide, last night the temperature
plummeted to the mid 20s. I can tolerate the cold, the pain and
discomfort it brings. But, and I know I've said this many times
before, the cold quickly turn my fingers to so many sticks. It's
downright frustrating. Actually, it's scary not being able to tie
my shoes, zip my zippers, pack my pack. Somehow though, I always
manage. Thank you, Lord, for the patience you've given me! I'm up
and out, grudgingly -- wearing every stitch of clothing I've got.
I pass countless thousands of perfectly shaped evergreen today, any
one of which could proudly stand as our nation's historic and
traditional White House Christmas Tree. Their stature, their
perfect symmetry, their pure beauty, especially those with
snow-festooned boughs, they're truly stunning.
Just above Lolo, and as I look up (in the cold, I pretty much stay
hunched over), I see a horse coming at me straight up the
centerline. There's a parade of cars creeping along behind him.
Closer now, and as I gaze quizzically (and although the animal is
trotting just like a horse), I realize it's not a horse. Horses
don't have antlers! Perhaps that's because this horse is a moose, a
very large moose. "I can't believe this!" I whisper to myself.
"Nobody's going to believe this -- gotta get a picture." I continue
uttering under my breath. As I reach for my camera, and as the
moose spots me -- and is coming toward me, finally do I realize it
might be smart to skip the picture taking and head for the fence,
which I promptly muster the gumption to do! As I clear the ditch,
the moose snorts my way, and then turns again to the highway
centerline -- and I heave a sigh of relief. As the first motorist
passes, downing his passenger window, he shouts: "How's that for a
moose sighting!" Ahh yes, a moose sighting, indeed. Last I see, the
parade continues around the bend, led ever on by the trotter!
Just shy of Lolo, I reach Travelers' Rest State Park. As I head
over, I'm wondering how I missed this place before. At the
temporary park building, I meet Darby, Dale and Loren -- to find out
this park location didn't exist in 2004.
The actual site of Travelers' Rest wasn't discovered until just
recently. For many years the camp was thought to be some distance
from here, near where Lolo Creek enters the Bitterroot River.
However, when a coat button was found nearby, it got folks looking
for clues near the present park site. Found nearby were more than
just clues. Archeologists found conclusive physical evidence! They
found a mercury-tainted latrine (medicine given members of the Corps
by the captains contained mercury). They also found a musket ball,
a blue trade bead, and in the remains of a fire ring, a puddle of
melted lead (determined through isotope study to have come from a
mine in Kentucky, where lead for the expedition had been procured).
These and other discoveries confirm that the Corps' campsite
locations truly rest -- within Travelers' Rest State Park.
Darby takes time to give me a personal tour. On the way she shows
me the site of the cook's campfire, where they bedded down, and the
location of the latrine. Darby, Dale, Loren, I thoroughly enjoyed
the time spent with you. Your enthusiasm is certainly contagious!
It's still early afternoon when I turn the corner toward Lolo, so I
decide to hoof it on down to Missoula.
"Descended the mountain to Travellers rest leaving those
tremendious mountanes behind us -- in passing of which we have
experiensed Cold and hunger of which I shall ever remember." [Clark,
June 30th 1806]
"The true legacy of the people who trod this land before us is
that their story is America's story -- bold, determined,
courageous. At Travelers' Rest, that legacy continues by engaging
our imaginations, our intellects, and our hearts." [Travelers' Rest
Brochure]
Thursday--April 20, 2006
Trail Day—029
Trail Mile--26.4/0669
Location--West of Potomac, Montana
Descending from Lolo Pass, the Corps (and the old Nomad)
followed Lolo Creek to Travelers' Rest, next to the Bitterroot River
at present-day Lolo. There the Corps rested for three days,
detailing and finalizing plans made during the long winter at Fort
Clatsop. Their decision: To split the Corps at Travelers' Rest.
Lewis was to take a shortcut o'er "The Road to the Buffalo," from
present-day Missoula, across to the Great Falls of the Missouri
(Great Falls). And Clark was to return to Three Forks, generally
over their outbound route, and from there cross to and descend the
Yellowstone River. They were to meet again at the mouth of the
Yellowstone sometime in August.
On July 3rd 1806, Lewis and his party of nine men departed for the
Great Falls of the Missouri.
It is this path taken by Lewis and his party that I am now
following.
From Lolo, I proceeded along and down the Bitterroot River to its
confluence with Clark Fork River at Missoula. There I bid farewell
to good old US12, which I'd been trekking for many-a-day. In
Missoula, I crossed the Clark Fork, as did Lewis, to pick up the
Blackfoot River -- and its canyon. I am ascending there today,
along SR200, a fine wide-shouldered highway that generally parallels
Lewis' route. I'll be following SR200 off and on across most of
Montana.
A couple of diversions (from the din of traffic) today. First, I
see my first eagle this journey, gliding fixed-wing on the thermals
above the canyon. I've seen many ospreys the past number of days,
but this is the first bald eagle. And the other? Well, seems this
mutt wanted a chunk of the old Nomad. He started growling as
soon as he saw me, skidded around his fence, jumped the ditch, and
shot straight at me, snarling and bearing his teeth. I turned and
deftly (been practicing) let him have it up side the head with my
left hiking stick. This immediately helped him make the right
decision -- to go back home.
Lewis and his men had a devil of a time with the skeeters along the
river here. For me, dicing it up with the dog today was a better
and much quicker deal!
"All arrangements being now compleated for carrying into effect
the several scheemes we had planed for execution on our return, we
saddled our horses and set out I took leave of my worthy friend and
companion Capt. Clark and the party that accompanyed him. I could
not avoid feeling much concern on this occasion although I hoped
this seperation was only momentary..." [Lewis, July 3rd 1806]
Friday--April 21, 2006
Trail Day—030
Trail Mile--026.3/0695
Location--Ovando, Montana
Within six miles of my destination for the evening last, I stopped
for a short time at the Potomac General Store, there to be
befriended by Jess, who gave me bottled water, enough for the night
and the morrow.
Another cold night. More sticks for fingers as I fumble to break
camp this morning. Patience, patience, with the coming of spring,
this cold weather will surely pass.
At the Clark Fork River, the Indian guides turned from the Corps,
for fear of being confronted by their enemy, the Blackfeet. Without
the guides, and finally on a well-marked road as the guides had
assured, Lewis made amazingly good time across this shortcut, often
covering 25-30 miles per day. They made it to the Great Falls of the
Missouri in just nine days, saving over 400 miles and many weeks,
compared to journeying their outbound route of 1805. With a little
luck (and a tailwind) I hope to also make the crossing in just nine
days.
By eleven this morning, I'm able to pack away my jacket and gloves
as the day turns perfect, warm with the least breeze (tailwind) from
the northwest -- perfect!
By four I arrive at the little village of Ovando. First (and last)
stop is the Blackfoot Commercial Company and Inn, established in
1897, and currently run by Howard Fly. He's a Lewis (without Clark)
Expedition buff. We enjoy much good conversation. He presents me
with a very fine, full-color pin depicting Lewis, his Newfoundland
dog, Seaman, and in commemoration, the date: July 6, 1806, the day
Lewis passed near present-day Ovando.
The inn is an old, old frontier-style wood-frame building, but with
completely renovated rooms up. Howard puts me in #1, right in the
front.
The Corps having just separated, those emotions fresh --
additionally, Lewis and his men were then faced with bidding
farewell to their Indian guides, friends of long standing. Excerpts
from journal entries that day reveal the thoughts and feelings of
the Corps, and of the Indian braves:
"it is but justice to say, that the whole nation [Nez Perce] to
which they belong, are the most friendly, honest and ingenuous
people that we have seen in the course of our voyage and travels." [Gass,
July 4th 1806]
"these affectionate people our guides betrayed every emmotion of
unfeigned regret at separating from us." [Lewis, July 4th 1806]
Saturday--April 22, 2006
Trail Day—031
Trail Mile--26.2/0721
Location--Lincoln, Montana
The wind came, then it turned cold the evening last. But I
remained warm and comfortable in my cozy room above the old inn.
This morning, shortly after Howard opens the store, the local klatch
arrives. Coffee's on. Yes! Oh, and this is when I learn that a
huge muffin comes with the room. And there are cookies from a
klatch member. Yes, yes! Thanks, Howard, for taking me in, for
your kindness, and for your hospitality. Ovando's a neat little
town -- reminds me of the little village where I was raised in the
Ozark Highlands of Missouri.
Got a twenty-six to knock out today if I want to reach Lincoln, my
planned destination. So, I'm out and trekking SR200 a little after
eight. The morning presents cool and cloudy, no wind; perfect for
hammering the miles. I tuck and go. At three per, the hike today
will take nearly nine hours. This should put me at the door to
Lincoln around five. That'll work -- just gotta keep the hammer
down and the sticks clicking. Hey, I'm a workin' man. This is my
job, what the heck!
The meadows, fields, and woods about Ovando are marked by "knobs,"
as described by Lewis. He actually called the area "Prairie of the
Knobs," for the rumpled landscape that's shaped by countless oddly
formed hillocks, moraines left by glacial activity some 10,000 years
ago. The landscape's knobby appearance was formed as sediment
deposited, dropped during the last glacial ice melt. Ha, perhaps
the "global warming" evidenced during that period was caused by an
over population of Indians -- who built way too many fires!
All along, for the better part of the morning, and off to the north,
stands there a horizon-framed, uninterrupted wall of massifs, rugged
snowcaps, the largest continuous wilderness area in all the lower
'48. It begins just south of, and abuts, Glacier National Park. It
consists of the Bob Marshall ("The Bob"), the Scapegoat, and the Big
Bear Wilderness areas. This vast mountainous region, passed only by
primitive roads, and the Continental Divide National Scenic Trail
(CDT), is home to the grizzly bear, mountain goats, wolverines, elk,
moose, deer, and wolves.
Last year, and beginning on June 23rd, I had the great-good fortune
to come back to Montana, here to hike the CDT, through Waterton/Glacier,
and the entire wilderness complex.
As I stand here now, gazing in silence and awe at the pure white
escarpment, which rises to the Heavens before me, comes to mind the
old familiar expression, "been there, done that." Ahh, but those
words are so inappropriate, so very trite. For, at the same
instant, am I am brought to tears with the realization -- that of
God's Grace -- priceless gifts to this old man.
By late afternoon, and as forecast, a storm front presses through,
bringing cold wind and a scattering of rain. I arrive Lincoln at
five, just as planned (along with the storm), here to be greeted and
welcomed by Sandy, owner/manager of the Blue Sky Motel. After
listening attentively to my two-minute pitch about hiking the Lewis
(less Clark) National Historic Trail, she takes pity -- and takes me
in. Oh yes, it's a hiker trash deal for the old Nomad!
"these plains I called the prarie of the knobs from a number of
knobs being irregularly scattered through it...Cottonwood and pine
grow intermixed in the river bottoms mosquitoes extreemely
troublesome. we expect to meet with the Minnetares [here, the
Blackfeet] and are therefore much on our guard both day and
night...passed several old indian encampments...passed a creek [Arrastra
Creek, passed today] on the N. side 12 yds. wide shallow and clear."
[Lewis, July 6th 1806]
Sunday--April 23, 2006
Trail Day—032
Trail Mile--30.5/0752
Location--By Dearborn River, Montana
I had a memorable time in Lincoln. I recall coming down from the
divide and re-supplying here during my CDT trek last year. And I
remember Lincoln for its hospitality and kind folks. Sandy
recommended Lambkin's of Lincoln for a nourishing home-style supper,
so that's where I headed. Great food, kind staff. Thanks Rosie and
Sally -- and Bobbie, you're a fine cook. Thank you too, Sandy, for
your kindness to this old man!
At the Quick Stop I check with truckers coming down from the pass
this morning. Their rigs are caked and coated with ice, but all
tell me the pass is being kept open.
The forecast is for an iffy day, wind and snow, especially at the
higher elevations. Tomorrow doesn't look the least bit better, so I
pick up a few supplies and decide to go for it. The morning begins
sun and no clouds but quickly switches to clouds and no sun -- along
with southeast wind and intermittent sleet.
During the morning the wind intensifies to 20-30 mph, gusting to who
knows. It keeps coming straight at me, driving cold, cold sleet.
By the time I manage Rogers Pass, it's two. I had planned to spend
the night somewhere near the pass, but there's nothing up here but
ice and wind-driven sleet. Motorists are crawling and sliding
through. The roadway is pure ice for the last mile up and the first
mile down. I push on and into it. I had hoped for improved
conditions once through the pass, but the wind and sleet hit me even
harder as I descend. By five I'm out of the worst of it, down and
onto the high plains prairie. There are no trees here, no
protection anywhere for miles.
Late evening, the highway drops to the valley of the Dearborn
River. There's shelter here, cottonwood and scrub, but the land is
posted, both sides. I look on up the road, at the long hill ahead
that climbs back to the prairie. I know there'll be no place to
camp up there for miles. I've made a rule never to venture onto
posted land, but I'm totally beat. It'll be getting dark soon. The
sleet continues and it's turning very cold. What to do? Easy, I
decide to break my rule.
Just as I'm through the gate and hooking it back, down the highway
come two pickups towing stock trailers. Both cowboys spot me. Both
keep rolling. On the posted land now, and by the river, I'm looking
for a sheltered spot where I won't be seen. Just at dusk I settle
for a small ravine choked with alder-like brush. It's deep enough
and far enough away from the rancher's two-track to conceal my
little tent. I pitch and roll in.
I'm no sooner settled than I hear this old pickup pull to the gate.
"Oh, great!" I'm thinking. One of the cowboys that spotted me has
sure enough called the owner, and he's come to flush me out. I
settle back in my tent and wait. In a moment I hear the old truck
pass on the two-track above my camp, to continue on up the river.
In less than five minutes he returns, passing very slowly. Back at
the gate he turns off his engine. "Oh my," I'm thinking, "if he
walks the fifty yards or so to the edge of this little ravine, he'll
spot me for sure." Time seems to stand still. I try to hold my
breath, to listen. In another moment, the truck cranks, the old
fellow passes the gate, closes it behind him -- and is gone.
Whew! What a frightening time. I'll be up and out of this place
early; that's for sure!
Lewis and his men turned from the Blackfoot River and followed Alice
Creek up to near the Great Divide, a little north of Rogers Pass,
then crossed at a place misnamed Lewis and Clark Pass.
"passing the dividing ridge betwen the waters of the Columbia and
Missouri rivers at 1/4 of a mile. from the gap which is low and an
easy ascent on the W. side..." [Lewis, July 7th 1806] |
|
Eastern Leg - 1,947 Miles
Dearborn River, near Rogers Pass, Montana to
Silverthorne, Colorado - 2005
Silverthorne, Colorado to Pie Town, New Mexico - 2007
|
|
Tuesday--July 5
Trail Day--14
Trail Mile--29.9/277
Location--Rogers Pass/Lincoln
Today I need to get off the mountain and into town, to Lincoln, for
resupply. After lunch today I've got one English muffin and two
spoons of peanut butter left, that's it.
The day goes fine until I head up the mountain from Lewis and Clark
Pass. My maps are working. My GPS is working. My compass is
working. But my dizzy skull isn't with it today.
The trail, what there is of it is overgrown, with poor or ripped up
signage. I get off the Divide and onto the wrong ridge. I knew I
wasn't going the right way, heading west when I should have been
going southeast, but I kept going just the same. By four, I was
clear off Jonathan's map, nowhere near Rogers Pass, so I baled.
Down the mountain I tumbled, along abandoned logging roads, finally
to reach the gravel road leading to the Ranger cabin below L&C
Pass. Figured I'd hitch to Lincoln. No vehicles out here though.
No luck. It was dark by the time I reached the highway to Lincoln.
No shoulder; dangerous, but I hiked on until I came by a well-lit
place, Nabors Drilling, Ltd. I headed over. The door was open and
I was invited in by Shawn, one of the drillers. "Take off your pack
and have a seat," he said. After exchanging the usual, he asked,
"Are you hungry." Well, the old Yogi in me kicked right in, don't
you know! In a moment we were in the kitchen and Shawn had a
platter of hot chicken and a huge bowl of pasta sitting in front of
me. He let me pitch in the grass behind.
Ahh, so the day worked out okay.
No perfect hike anymore. The section of the CDT between Lewis and
Clark Pass and Rogers Pass will forever remain unfinished--wherever
it is.
This trail has many acceptable alternate routes though; I'll use the
roadwalk into Lincoln as mine.
Wednesday--July 6, 2005
Trail Day--15
Trail Mile--26.1/303
Location--Near Granite Butte Lookout Tower
What a great time during the Lincoln diversion.
This morning, Shawn arranged a ride the remaining seven miles into
town with two of his roughnecks, Jason and Ritchie--but not before I
was offered a full breakfast platter by the camp cook. Sausage,
potatoes and scrambled eggs with cheese and a muffin. Oh, and
brimming cups of hot coffee.
Also had a great talk with Fraser, who's folks live in
Newfoundland. He's training for an ultra long-distance crosscountry
race.
In town, the school is open. They're getting ready for fall. Was
hoping the boy's locker room might be available so I could shower
and get some grit rinsed out of my clothes. Met two happy folks,
Kathy, the superintendent, and Carla the principal. They said
yes--and provided me a towel!
What a stroke of luck--that I decided to put my hiking garb on
(shorts and gaiters) rather than my town pants, because at the
Welcome Gas Station a lady approached me to enquired if I were a
long distance hiker--seeing me in hiking garb, pack, sticks and
all. After some reluctant (and expected) hesitation, Joni loaded me
up, then drove me the seventeen miles back to the Pass. What luck!
Got in twelve miles before sundown.
Thursday--July 7, 2005
Trail Day--16
Trail Mile--25.9/329
Location--Mullen Pass
Lots of tough climbs and descents today. Another butt-kickin' for
the old Nomad. There are still patches of snow along the
trail at higher elevations. I love snow cones. This
sleet-consistency snow is just like that used to make snow cones. I
break the crust away, make a snowball and then munch it until my
hands get too cold to bobble it any longer.
Saw the biggest, midnight black (huge) moose. The encounter startled
him more than it did me.
Got lost as usual in the high meadows. You'd think it'd be easy
enough to tell which ridge was the Divide, but it's not. Sure am
wising up, though.
Another glorious day in the high country!
Friday--July 8, 2005
Trail Day--17
Trail Mile--7.5/337
Location--McDonald Pass/Ellison
Lots of old mines and diggings along today. The ravines out here
are called gulches. First there's Faith Gulch, then Hope and
finally--Charity. Interesting FS road numbers, like 1856, 1859.
Missed a turn--again. Cost me a mile out and a mile back.
Had a problem getting a hitch to Ellison. US8 is straight-ahead
four-lane, traffic flying. Everybody ripping along at eighty, no
way to stop if they wanted. After walking most of the five miles to
town, a fellow finally locks it up and skids to the shoulder.
Not much in Ellison, Last Chance Saloon and Motel. That's about
it. Kind folks at the bar. Jack buys me two burgers and fries.
The little four-room motel is booked up, so I decide to head back to
the Pass. Ed, one of the bar customers, drives me up.
Good folks in Ellison.
Another fine day along the Great Divide.
Saturday--July 9, 2005
Trail Day--18
Trail Mile--24.2/361
Location--Near Blackfoot Meadow
Slept well in the campground below the communication towers at
McDonald Pass.
Kind of an iffy day again, wind and clouds, but oh what a welcome
change from the heat of yesterday. Got blisters on my hands from
the sun.
Just a nice steady hike today, a few ups, a few rocks, a few downs.
Got lost a couple of times as usual, mainly in the meadows where the
cow paths mingle with the CDT treadway, which is usually much less
worn than the cow paths.
More mining prospects and large pits. Also the remnants of old log
buildings that made the mining camps.
Rained on me off and on, but the evening turned out fine. Got a
nice cooking and heating fire going to fix my supper and relax
awhile before rolling in.
Sunday--July 10, 2005
Trail Day--19
Trail Mile--21.8/383
Location--Near Four Corners
Another fairly flat day as go the ups and downs, but plenty of
rocks. The CDT spends more time off the Divide than on today, so
have no problem finding water. When the trail keeps with the
Divide, there's no water for miles, not the case today.
Saw a heard of fifteen mule deer. They seemed more curious than
frightened, but caution finally overruled and they all fled to the
timber.
Saw two folks on mountain bikes. That was it all day.
Intermittent rain in the afternoon and evening. Beautiful sunset.
Having a fuss of a time with my right knee. Persistent but
tolerable pain. Have doubled up on the Osteo Bi-Flex and coated
aspirin. Been through this before. A few more miles and it'll all
smooth out.
Monday--July 11, 2005
Trail Day--20
Trail Mile--22.2/405
Location--Anaconda, Montana
Decision made way back was to take the Anaconda cutoff, thus lopping
off a big loop in the Divide around Butte.
The time off in town is so very much welcome. This is the first
motel I've stayed at since beginning this odyssey. A welcome break,
indeed. A short roadwalk into town and the hike today is completed
by noon.
Met Eric and Doug at the post office. They've hiked from Old
Faithful north. When they finish in Canada, plans are to flip back
to Old Faithful, then head south to finish their hike at the Mexican
border. Timing is such that we may meet up again. Hope so--nice
fellows.
Get a room downtown at the Marcus Daily. Post office isn't 100 yds.
away. Ditto for the library--but alas, it's closed due to budget
constraints. Looks like the city fathers didn't get their
way--"Okay folks, you'll just have to do without your library for
awhile!"
Hit the jackpot with mail. Lots of cards, my bounce box, and other
well wishes from friends.
A good day to rest. Be back on the top of the ridge again tomorrow.
Tuesday--July 12, 2005
Trail Day--21
Trail Mile--22.7/428
Location--Storm Lake
Great stay in Anaconda, first motel this trip. Thanks to all for
your cards and letters, your thoughtfulness.
Lots more pictures to send to Justin, my Webmaster. They include
some great shots of the Bob Marshall and Scapegoat Wilderness
areas--also the Lewis and Clark, Helena, and Deerlodge National
Forests. I'm starting to get the hang of digital photography. It's
sure a lot easier getting the pictures off for loading on my
Website, just pull the memory card and mail it, then pop in the one
Justin has returned.
I've a roadwalk all the way up to Storm Lake, where I'll enter the
Anaconda/Pintler Wilderness tomorrow after a final climb to the
Divide.
There's a great spring at Spring Mountain, just when I'm running low
on water. Lots of folks stop to fill their water jugs.
My right knee is very troublesome; the pain is steady. Seeing the
little cinnamon/brown bear along the final pop to Storm Lake takes
my mind off the knee.
Storm Lake is a natural lake, enhanced and enlarged by a dam. It is
a very lovely place.
It's late evening when I pitch, to build a skeeter foggin' fire. I
warm the rest of my four-dollar chicken dinner from the Safeway
Deli, then I'm gone for the day.
Wednesday--July 13, 2005
Trail Day--22
Trail Mile--19/447
Location--Warren Lake
Storm Lake lived up to its name this morning. A thunderstorm came
through just before dawn to wake me. I pulled the fly down on my
tent and turned right back over for another hour of sleep. When I
awoke again, the sun was up--the storm gone.
Lots of climbing today, steep stuff as the trail goes from pass to
glacial valley and back to pass again--elevation changes in excess
of a quarter mile each time.
My right knee continues very much a problem, slowing my pace
considerably. The downhills are excruciating. Popping the coated
aspirin helps. 2400mg gives some relief. No way I'll be in Wisdom
Friday at this pace.
I do manage to make it to Warren Lake. Sure hope I can do better
tomorrow.
Thursday--July 14, 2005
Trail Day--23
Trail Mile--24.4/471
Location--Near Buck Ridge Meadows
Another painful and frustrating day with the right knee. No less
than 5600 feet vertical change with some of the gnarliest tread I've
encountered in a long time. Up or down today; that's about it.
Glorious unspoiled scenery--and a continual fog of skeeters, right
through the heat of the afternoon. The Pintler is all mine today,
no one else out here.
No way of making it to Chief Joseph Pass tomorrow, it's just too
far, even with good knees. I set too rigorous a schedule through
here. Perhaps I can get in around noon Saturday.
Saw sixteen elk in a single herd, and lots of little fellows, like
marmots and squirrel.
Another beautiful day, in spite of the constant swarm of skeeters.
A lot of soggy wood on the fire tonight--smoke 'em away.
Friday--July 15, 2005
Trail Day--24
Trail Mile--20/491
Location--Below Chief Joseph Pass
I've been continually blessed with perfect weather, and today the
good fortune continues. Continues also, the sore, painful right
knee. Stopping for only a moment, to take a drink or to snap a
picture, and it's back to a pathetic hobble again for another fifty
yards. Perhaps there is some improvement though, as I've been able
to reduce my intake of coated aspirin. Wow, have my ears ever been
ringing--overdosed for sure.
The entire mountainside all around has burned, part of the '98 fire
that devastated so much of the Rockies. Hot, dry, powder dirt--and
rocks, lots of rocks. Should I want to look around, I've got to
stop, or risk stumbling and doing a header straight down.
A rumbling in the distance this afternoon, like a truck engine, a
low-pitched grind. But there are no roads out here within thirty
miles. What gives? Then I see their heads moving just over the
crest of the ridge. Elk, lots and lots of elk--and they're moving
fast, single file. I count at least forty, some with huge racks.
In a minute they’re gone. Nothing left but a cloud of dust.
Some of the treadway the CDT follows through these Wilderness and
National Forest areas is well maintained, the blowdowns cleared,
signage good at intersections--but some not. Not is the scheme
today, a scramble over, under, around and through blowdowns. I'm
covered with soot and dirt. At almost every junction I must stop
and take a GPS bearing for fear of wandering off in the wrong
direction. Still manage to get lost much too often, but manage to
find my way back.
A lot of the tread today is above 8,000 feet. Snow cone time--at
least the slushy part. There's just nothing feels better to a hot
parched throat than snowfield slush, nothing!
Carried an extra day's food just in case. Smart move. Another
smoker fire for sure tonight, to keep the skeeter swarm circling at
a distance.
Saturday--July 16, 2005
Trail Day--25
Trail Mile--5.5/497
Location--Wisdom, MT
Got off trail again late yesterday. Went down Elk Creek drainage
instead of Hogan Creek. Everything clicked on the map, so I hadn't
taken a GPS bearing for quite awhile. This morning I do. What is
this? I'm nowhere near where I should be. Too far south and east
of Chief Joseph Pass. How do I keep doing these stupid off-trails
anyway! Same thing happened the day I was to hitch to Lincoln.
What a screw up that day turned out to be.
Okay, mister great explorer, now what! Oh, and you're out of food,
guy.
Checking the map--there's Chief Joseph Pass. There's Wisdom--and
according to my GPS, there's me, right in between. Turns out, the
road leading down from Elk Creek intersects the main road to
Wisdom. Time for another one of Nimblewill's alternate
routes, seems. Longer, of course (aren't they always!) Oh yeah, I
head for the Wisdom highway.
A half hour wait with thumb extended and I've got a ride with a
former BLM fellow. Even make it to the PO before it closes to get a
surprise package from dear friend, Jingle.
I hobble around town, have lunch, then check into the little local
motel.
Not a bad day after all. A time to rest and a total cleanup will
sure feel good before heading back up the mountain tomorrow.
Sunday--July 17, 2005
Trail Day--26
Trail Mile--17.5/515
Location--Pioneer Creek below Big Hole Pass
Great time in Wisdom. Met all good people--at both cafes, and
especially Tina, owner and manager of the little Sandman Motel.
Tina let me make credit card calls on her personal phone. Then this
morning, she drives me the near 30 miles back up to Chief Joseph
Pass and I managed to get hiking by ten.
Today, on the Divide, I step back and forth between Montana and
Idaho. Run into a scout group from Minot, North Dakota out for
sixty miles of the Bitterroots.
As usual, I manage to get lost, just past the turn to one of the few
springs. The trail just disappears in a meadow. I search for over
half an hour, up and down, back and forth--no luck. Finally
bushwhack two miles to the next pass where I know the trail will be.
It's been only a 17-mile day, but it's nearly dark before I arrived
at Big Hole Pass, and Pioneer Creek below. Lots of elk and
whitetail today.
Monday--July 18, 2005
Trail Day--27
Trail Mile--20.3/535
Location--Slag-A-Melt Lakes
More beautiful weather. Have I been blessed with the weather!
While everyone in the rest of the country is enduring the sweltering
heat, I'm up here in the cool, clear air. Slept in, again. Don't
get out till 8:30, not good.
Knee pain is steady, no better, no worse, but it's really wearing on
me. Having difficulty maintaining a meager average of
mile-and-a-half per hour, but I manage to keep plodding along.
Hiking like this is not fun. I know, though, that the knee will get
better with time, and I find comfort in that thought.
Experience one of the toughest pulls (climbs) ever today. It just
keeps coming; up, up, up. Had to dig my sticks in just to maintain
footing. Total ascent of 1500 feet.
I'm in the Beaverhead National Forest, the Bitterroot Mountains.
Rugged, rugged place. Sure hope these ups and downs taper off a
little soon.
Pass lots of old prospect sites today, ruins of old cabins and
building sinking into the earth.
Slag-A-Melt Lakes are high-held, glacial lakes, with the rugged
saw-toothed mountain ridges their reflected backdrop.
I brave a swim in the cold water, then let the warm afternoon sun
dry and warm me.
Tuesday--July 19, 2005
Trail Day--28
Trail Mile--19/554
Location--Berry Meadow
Out to a good start at eight, another big blue Montana sky.
Today it's another bumpy ride, lots of climbing, from one glacial
hanging valley with its high-held lake, back up to another pass--and
on and on it goes for the day.
See three other folks today. Stanley had just parked his quad-trac
and was heading for Black Island Lake with his casting rod. Also
talked to Dallas and his son from Butte. He's a minister. Said a
prayer for me (for my leg, actually).
Managed to stay on trail the whole day. Nice new treadway to begin
with, then old unmaintained, overgrown tread with blowdowns every 50
yds. Some of the ascents and descents are extreme. Took two
tumbles but none the worse for wear. Sure could have done without
the thousand-foot climb right near the end of the day. Knee still
the same. If I stop for more than a moment I have one tough time
getting going again.
Very tired. Pitch camp. Get a cooking and fogging fire going. I
declare, I don't believe I've ever been so bothered by the pesky
skeeters. They punch right through my clothing, even my hat.
Wednesday--July 20, 2005
Trail Day--29
Trail Mile--19/571
Location--Cowbone Lake
Great day for hiking the CDT, another blue Montana sky. Got a
roadwalk all the way to Cowbone Lake. Well, actually most of the
road is for quad-tracs or other high clearance vehicles, but what a
change from the last week of ups and downs. Have a short pull
toward the end of the day, but nothing like the recent climbs.
More elk today, and lots of whitetail. Forgot to mention the huge
old gray moose that crossed my trail yesterday.
Cowbone Lake is a lovely spot, get in early--by five. Take a swim
and wash some grungy clothes.
Northbound hikers, Kevin and Adrian come in around five-thirty.
Enjoyable evening, enjoyable day.
Thursday--July 21, 2005
Trail Day--30
Trail Mile--20.2/591
Location--Lemhi Pass
What a great evening last with Kevin and Adrian. Had a good cooking
and fogging fire going and we had some really fine conversation.
Oh, and Adrian doctored my knee with some natural salve she'd made
herself. Oh yes, a great evening.
Another beautiful Montana day to enjoy. First order is to bushwhack
up to the Divide from Cowbone Lake. There is no trail. Kevin and
Adrian came down from there yesterday evening, so I'm not so
apprehensive about the climb after talking to them about it.
I make it fine and am on my way again along the Continental Divide,
which, here, separates Montana and Idaho.
The exciting thing today, and the occasion of which I've been
anxiously awaiting is reaching Lemhi Pass/Sacagawea Memorial Spring,
for it was August 9th last that I crossed Lemhi Pass on my hike to
the Pacific, o'er the Lewis and Clark National Historic Trail. I
reach Lemhi Pass by seven-thirty.
No improvement in the knee today, even though the hike along the
Divide was an easy day for a change. I think it took nearly a month
for my left knee to come back in '98. Just have to be patient and
pray it heals okay.
Friday--July 22, 2005
Trail Day--31
Trail Mile--26.4/616
Location--Bannock Pass/Leadore
Sacagawea Memorial Spring is a very special place, so much meaning
and importance in the history of the American Northwest--and to me,
especially. The cold, refreshing water flowing from the spring is
just as I remember from the past. I enjoyed the picnic area, cooked
my supper on the grill there, then pitched back away from the
Memorial area.
Today dawns cool and clear and I manage to get up, break camp and
get moving by seven-thirty. It's a long haul from Lemhi Pass to
Bannock Pass, the signs say 28 miles, my maps, 25, either way, with
a little luck I'll make it in time to hitch a ride down the 15 miles
to the little village of Leadore, Idaho.
The Trail follows the Divide mostly today, more ups and downs to
contend with. The views to the east and west are to the horizon.
Legions of mountains, especially to the west. One can only wonder
as to the thoughts that occupied Captain Lewis when he saw them.
Had he previously doubted the existence of a Northwest Passage, he
for sure knew as he stood in Lemhi Pass, looking at the unbroken
wall of mountains to the west--there was no Northwest Passage.
I manage to make very good time in spite of my hobbling along; get
off trail only once for less than ten minutes, and manage to reach
Bannock Pass before seven--with thunder and lightning crashing and
flashing around me. As I wait here, I can see the gravel road
coming from the east that leads over the Pass for at least a
distance of five miles. There is no movement on the road, no
telltale dust to indicate a vehicle is coming. In forty minutes,
two trucks with trailers hauling loads of the slim and straight
lodgepole pine go by. No luck. Guess their boss told them, "no
riders." Finally, just before eight, Laura, from near Leadore, and
hauling a mare in the back of her pickup from Dillon, stops for me
and I'm on my way to Leadore.
A steak and baked potato at the Silver Dollar and a spot at the
little four-room Leadore Inn and I'm in by nine-thirty. It's been a
long, hard, but rewarding day.
Saturday--July 23, 2005
Trail Day--32
Trail Mile--16.4/632
Location--Water tank near Poison Creek
Friends who've hiked the CDT have told me about the great trail
town, Leadore. Jingle says it was her favorite. I can
certainly see why--friendly, kind, happy and generous folks all.
Aleta, owner and operator of Sandman Motel for over forty years took
me in--and took time to do some heavy-duty sewing for me on her
commercial machine. Debbie, at the Sagebrush Cafe really caters to
hikers; great grub (extra heapings for hikers), and free milkshake!
Marynell at the PO was very patient with me, helped me get some
things boxed to send home--very kind.
Becky at the Silver Dollar Bar and Cafe greeted me when I arrived
town, bright smile and a welcome, Hello! Super steak and baked
potato. She got me set up with Aleta at the motel.
At my beckon call, Aleta drops everything and drives me the gravel
road back up to Bannock Pass. Thanks, dear friends in Leadore. You
have made my stay in your little village most memorable.
I'm on the trail again by 2:30. I've a roadwalk along the Great
Divide. Wide open views to the eastern prairie, the wall of massifs
to the west. Saw a big pair of pronghorns right on the Divide. The
headwaters of Missouri actually begin somewhere along here.
I'm hiking with one foot in the Salmon NF in Idaho, and the other in
the Beaverhead NF in Montana. Manage to get to the first water tank
near Poison Creek. Good water. I find thirty-five to forty elk
loitering at my campsite. There's an entire rick of firewood cut
and stacked. Skeeters are vicious, as usual. My knee remains the
same. Hear the elk off and on all night.
Sunday--July 24, 2005
Trail Day--33
Trail Mile--19/651
Location--Meadow Creek
Clear, cool day. On the Divide all morning. Meet Porter from
Montana. He's section hiking north. Turns out to be a long day,
short miles. Got a pebble in my shoe late morning. Wish I could
remember who said this—I believe it was Robert Service. I'll
paraphrase: "It not the mountain your climbing that'll wear you
down--it's the pebble in your shoe." Early afternoon, finally had
to stop and dump the pebble!
What a demanding day. Climb, climb, skid, skid. Oh yes, another
old familiar phrase, this one perhaps anonymous: "Thank you, Lord,
for the level ground. Oh thank you, Lord, for the level ground.
Yes, thank you, Lord, for the level ground--'cause everything else
is up or down." Labored up and down to (and from) over nine
thousand feet.
On the open Divide the trail disappears in the meadows. I get lost
frequently, then find my way again. Camped at eight thousand feet.
Many more elk today.
Very tired. Knee persists a problem.
Good water at Meadow Creek. Perhaps this little trickle is the true
headwaters of the Missouri.
Monday--July 25, 2005
Trail Day--34
Trail Mile--22.7/674
Location--South of Deadman Lake
More blue Montana (and Idaho) skies. Still hiking the boundary
between Montana and Idaho. The trail will soon turn from generally
south-southwest to east, then northeast as the Divide changes
direction. The trail follows the Divide, so I'll go that way.
See many more elk today--and cows, lots of cows.
With the problem I've been having with my knee, I decide not to do
the horseshoe loop around Nicholia/Deadman Pass. Will stay with the
business of the general route. The side excursions will have to
wait.
The evening cooking-turned-warming fire feels good. Plumb tuckered,
as usual. Sleep is no problem.
Tuesday--July 26, 2005
Trail Day--35
Trail Mile--26.5/701
Location--Shineberger Creek
Been concerned and apprehensive about this day ever since reading
Jonathan's notes--about poor tread, lack of signage, confusing (or
no) trail, and all the cow paths that crisscross the CDT, making it
difficult to stay on track. But turns out, I did just fine. Oh
yes, I got lost some and had to consult my GPS a few times to figure
where I was, but the day went well and I was able to do the long
miles.
Had an angel riding my shoulder today for sure. Prayed for safe and
sure passage--and it was there for me.
Hey, the knee did much better today. For all your blessings--thank
you, Lord!
Wednesday--July 27, 2005
Trail Day--36
Trail Mile--20.2/721
Location--Monida/Lima, MT
The bushwhack back to the Divide from Shineberger Creek is a
straight pull--up. I'm on the crest by eight. Another bright,
clear day.
The Divide here is a true rollercoaster, the only flat spots, where
the ridge quickly changes from either down/up or to up/down. Some
of the pulls are stand-up dirt bitin' steep, the downs, skidding and
sliding knee busters. Praying helps--"Please, Lord, help me up this
one; please, Lord, don't let me crash down this one." By noon I've
reached the alternate route leading to I-15. It's downhill all the
way for nearly ten miles. I make Monida by five.
Monida's heydays were when folks rode the train up, then changed to
stagecoach for the ride across the Centennial Valley to
Yellowstone. All's left here now is old decaying store fronts
moldering into the ground, a mile of rusting junk cars, trucks and
buses--and a pay phone to call the hiker friendly folks, Mike and
Connie Strang, at Mountain View Motel in Lima. I get Connie on the
phone. She sends Mike right away to fetch me the fifteen miles to
Lima.
Grill your own steak at the Peat Bar and Grill. Post Office right
by. ATM at the Exxon. Another neat little trail town.
Pounding the gravel road didn't help either knee today. Ah, what a
blessing to be clean again, if only for a short while.
Thursday--July 28, 2005
Trail Day--37
Trail Mile--17.7/739
Location--Near Rock Spring
Had a grand time in Lima. The Strangs, Mike and Connie, really made
me feel welcome. "Used to bicycle around a lot," said Mike. "I know
what it's like to be lonely, dirty and tired. Been right where you
are now. A friendly hand, a little help along, it meant a lot to
me. Givin' some back now." You sure are, Mike.
The Strangs moved out here from Nebraska a while back, to be near
their daughter and son-in-law. Son-in-law just offered a job in
Connecticut. Yup, they're movin'. But Mike and Connie, they’re
staying in Lima. Big Sky is their home now.
At three, I'm finally ready to return to the trail. Mike has just
returned from a Lewis and Clark meeting (the Corps of Discovery,
passed through this area 200 years ago this September) and he drives
me the 20 miles back to the road south of Monida.
It's a gentle climb back toward the Divide, but I'm strugglin', with
a overloaded pack--and tummy. This is cow and sheep country, even
up on the Divide. Lots of cow patties to dodge as I hike along.
Ha, good friend of mine, trail name, Tric, has a different
take for the initials "CDT." He says they stand for "Cow Dung
Trail." Sure enough the treadway here!
Doesn't take long for the trail to start the old roller coaster
again as the ridge heads for the sky--then pitches off to the next
pass. The high ground is open ridge or meadow here, offering
terrific views--and tortuous rocks, round rocks, from the creek beds
of a million years ago. Gotta slow down; won't make Rock Spring
tonight, got too late a start. That's okay. Find a delightful spot
on the high ground to pitch and watch the sun drop behind the
legions to the west. Good fire for cookin', skeeter foggin' and
de-chillin'.
Friday--July 29, 2005
Trail Day--38
Trail Mile--18.8/758
Location--Near spring at head of West Fork Creek
The trail today stays high, near 8,000 feet, mostly on the Divide.
The tread here is little used, woefully lacking of signage or
blazing, and poorly maintained. I spend a good part of the day
thinking I'm off-trail and lost--only then to come upon an old,
solitary, healed-over axe blaze, indicating I'm on trail--or perhaps
no blazing, nothing for a fair distance, especially in the
waist-high grassy meadows--because I am, indeed, off-trail and
lost. Under these circumstances I do well to make one
mile-per-hour, oh so frustrating when I'm accustomed to averaging
nearly three. Sure makes for a long, short-mile day. Do believe
I've set myself too optimistic a schedule for this section,
especially hobbling along as I am.
When looking out at distances of fifty to sixty miles, there's bound
to be the least haze. I thought the day was perfectly clear until I
noticed a faint jagged outline lifting and dancing on the far
horizon. "What in the world is that?" I whisper to myself. After
taking a compass bearing and figuring the approximate distance, I
realize I'm looking at the Teton Range, the other side of
Yellowstone. Then, upon looking closer, I also realize that the
contoured, lesser pinnacled yet lofty range I see set before the
Tetons is the Yellowstone, where I'll be hiking some four days from
now.
I declare, if the skeeters haven't followed and pestered me nearly
the entire day, only to drop back and be relieved later by the horse
flies. I rub my arms and knees with crushed sage and the tender
shoots from deer tongue, which helps some.
A threat of rain, then a little sleet in the late afternoon, but the
evening clears nicely.
The mountains far and about are mine--no one else up here today.
When we're nearer the stars are we closer to heaven?
Saturday--July 30, 2005
Trail Day--39
Trail Mile--19.7/778
Location--Hell Roaring Creek Canyon Pass
Company today for sure. First I hear this God-awful racket, like
children hollering and carrying on, then I recognize the bleating of
sheep, many hundreds of sheep. They're all over the mountain--and
the trail before me. I managed to dodge around the cow plops, but
there's no dodging this stuff, whew! Looking closer at my map, I
see I'm in the official U.S. Sheep Experiment Station. Quite an
experiment! There was a faded old sign I saw back. It did alert me
to the sheep. The sign also read, "Danger, Guard Dogs." Don't see
any guard dogs, just lots of sheep. Hah, and yeah, one black
one--part of the experiment, I suppose.
Been hiking these past few days in the Targhee National Forest. I
imagine each forest jurisdiction has its own superintendent, with
his/her own priorities. Some care about the CDT, and it shows in
how the trail has been constructed and cared for on the lands they
steward. Others, I guess, care more about cattle and sheep. As far
as the Targhee goes--yes I know, momma said, "If you can't say
something nice, keep quiet." Well, okay, but anyway, as far as the
Targhee goes, I'm very happy to see the sign today that reads,
"Leaving Targhee National Forest."
I'm in the Eastern Centennials now. Very nice tread, well cared for
trail. A relief and a blessing.
I decided when preparing maps for this trek that I'd take the Macks
Inn cutoff. This route lops off a long, arching, horseshoe-like
segment of the CDT. It's not the "official" route. But it is the
choice of most thru-hikers--and it's the choice I made.
In order to get from the CDT and down into the little village of
Macks Inn, it's necessary to bushwhack the four-plus miles up Hell
Roaring Creek Canyon and over the Divide (the CDT is down on the
other side here). Rain sure came today, not a lot, but enough to
muddy up the canyon and soak everything. By the time I've climbed
to Hell Roaring Creek Canyon Pass, I'm as wet and dirty as I believe
I've ever been on any trail.
I set camp and manage to get a smoldering, smoky fire going right in
the saddle of the Pass. While supper's cookin', I rig a drying rack
for my clothing. Things quit dripping, but they ain't dry.
The evening chill comes on, but I'm warm and dry in my little Nomad
tent.
As I drift off, I'm thinkin', "Danged if I ain't gettin' the hang of
beating around these mountains."
Sunday--July 31, 2005
Trail Day--40
Trail Mile--14.1/792
Location--Macks Inn, Idaho
My maps and the notes by Jonathan indicate a faint trail leading
from just north of the Pass over to cut trail from a trailhead to
Sawtell Peak. I pick up the trace on an old, washed out woods
road. I'm on my way to Macks Inn, downhill all the way.
But no fun for the knees. Oh yes, after favoring my right knee for
the past 200+ miles, my left knee is now also complaining. The
right knee is definitely getting better; the left one will quit
griping soon too, I am confident, thank you, Lord.
The manicured trail leads to a wide gravel road with much traffic.
In just awhile I'm on US20--then Macks Inn where I manage a
reasonable-rate room at, where else, Macks Inn!
Oh what a pleasure to shower away the mud and launder the crud from
my clothes.
Oh, one more thing to talk about today. The subject: "Getting Old."
In this installment we'll dwell on the topic of forgetfulness, the
short-term kind. In my case, really, really short. Okay, episode
one: I'm now on my third pair of sunglasses. And the gone ones?
Laid them down one minute. Walked off and left them the next. The
last brand new pair, they lasted two hours. Forgot them the first
time I took 'em off--two hours! That was three days ago. Been
squinting into the high-mountain sun ever since. You'd think I'd
learn, wouldn't you!
This next little deal, episode two, is more to do with dumb than
with forgetful. You see, I've pulled this same trick before; it's
just that I don't remember. Anyway, two days ago, the morning was
very chilly. Donned both my short and long-sleeved shirts. Warmed
up quick after the first hard pull, so off came the long-sleeved.
Instead of taking time to open my pack, I lashed it "securely" under
my pack cinch. Yup, next stop a couple hours later, no long-sleeved
shirt--no more. It was my favorite; you know how you have favorite
things, maybe more sentimental. It had over 10,000 miles, either on
my back or in my pack. Dang, dang, dang!
Oh, but this last one--this episode takes the grand prize for
forgetful. You might guess there's no water on the Divide (it
divides the waters!). Yesterday, after a long stretch on top I
needed water, so I pitched off the mountain to a little trickle I
could see way down below. On the way back up, and shortcutting over
a couple of secondary ridges, I sat down to take a bearing. Yup,
you guessed it. Got up, put my pack on, grabbed my sticks and
walked right away from my GPS. Left it laying right there on a
rock. The blessed thing is bright yellow. The rock was black, the
grass, green--walked right off and left it. Jeez! Oh, but don't
you know what I'll never forget, what I'll always remember? It's
the sickening, lowdown-hollow feeling in my gut three hours later
when I reached back in my pack pocket for my GPS and it was gone.
I'll remember that!
This forgetfulness, it's getting old! I am old.
Monday--August 1, 2005
Trail Day--41
Trail Mile--12.5/805
Location--Latham Spring
I was fortunate to get a room in Macks Inn, and at a very reasonable
rate. It's tourist season here, campers and sightseers galore. Had
good grub at Henry's Fork Cafe, probably the best salad bar for this
whole journey. Stuffed myself on the AYCE buffet.
The hike back up to the CDT follows paved, gravel, then tank-trapped
old forest service roads.
Meet three bicyclists from Indiana on my way up and we have the most
pleasant conversation. They enjoyed a couple of my ditties--and we
talked about the Lord.
Ensuing thunderstorm, which quickly overtakes me, drives me off the
trail and into my tent. Dive in just as the deluge begins. Rain on
the roof brings instant, deep sleep.
Tuesday--August 2, 2005
Trail Day--42
Trail Mile--15.9/821
Location--Summit Lake YNP
The rain ends sometime during the night and the day dawns clear and
cool.
There are two or three different ways to reconnect with the CDT this
side of Yellowstone. I choose the short, direct one--that requires
a half-mile bushwhack. I'm able to work my way through the infant
evergreens (this whole area burned along with the Yellowstone in
'98) and the dead, burned blowdowns, and find the trail just fine.
On the trail again, and in a short while I meet my first northbound
thru-hiker, trail name Trauma, from New York State. He's
hiked the IAT and knows Dick Anderson and many other of my friends
along the IAT in Maine, New Brunswick and Quebec. We have a grand
time talking trail--and about mutual friends before heading our
separate ways. Good luck, and congratulations, Trauma.
Finally put Montana and Idaho behind me at twelve, over 800 miles in
these two states. With my tramping through on the L&C NHT last
year, I've put in over 1,600 miles in these two states. Two down
now on the CDT, Wyoming, Colorado and New Mexico to go.
I'm in to Summit Lake by four, prepare my evening meal, then hike on
toward Yellowstone. The now predictable afternoon thunderstorm
drives me into my tent at seven.
Knees complaining more today--but I get in the miles anyway.
Wednesday--August 3, 2005
Trail Day--43
Trail Mile--19.3/840
Location--Shoshone Lake, YNP
Rains off and on all night, but the day dawns clear again. I'm
limping down the trail by eight. Can't seem to get the kinks out
this morning. The knees are remarkably troublesome. Sweet Lord,
keep sending me along, you know I'm not a quitter.
Reach the first geyser basin, Biscuit Basin, by eleven. The CDT
follows the walking paths past the most spectacular of the pools and
geysers. Get the traditional shot of Old Faithful. The trail
passes right by.
Pick up supplies for three days at the YNP General Store, get my
backcountry permit, some mail off, then head south.
More geyser basins at Shoshone Lake. YNP, what an amazing place.
Never seen so many folks having a good time! Me, too. Knees come
around in the afternoon and the hike on south to Shoshone Lake is
very pleasant.
In the evening, and nearing my designated campsite, I meet Ben, one
of the backcountry rangers here in Yellowstone. It was near dusk
and he was heading for Lake Shoshone, to his kayak there, and the
trip down the lake to a backcountry patrol cabin tucked away in a
cove. As we stood and talked, enjoying the sights of one of the
largest geyser basins in all of Yellowstone--just the two of us, Ben
remarked, "Think about this when you're enjoying the solitude of
your backcountry campsite on the lake tonight. I heard on my radio a
few moments ago that every hotel and lodge room, every regular
campground slot in the Park, all are full tonight."
As the lake stills and the evening turns nigh, echoes across Lake
Shoshone the unmistakably shrill, eerie-hollow call of the sandhill
crane. The break of silence ushers in such a peaceful, quiet time.
Ah yes, Ben, we do enjoy the solitude!
Thursday--August 4, 2005
Trail Day--44
Trail Mile--21.9/862
Location--Heart Lake, YNP
Something struck me as interesting while in the Park, while seeing
and passing all the folks out enjoying Yellowstone. Suppose I
shouldn't be surprised, but it seemed that roughly only one out of
four individuals (or groups of individuals) was Caucasian. I saw
not a single black in the hundreds and hundreds of people rushing
about. Of the one in four, I heard only about half speaking
English. The world may not love we Americans, but they sure love
coming here and seeing the marvels and enjoying the beauty that is
our nation--and we're happy to have them.
Heart Lake has a small but interesting geyser basin all its own.
Little bubbling/boiling pots and kettles of steam, and small
volcano-coned geyser spouts, some no larger than a donut. If
hardboiled eggs suit your fancy, this place could whip you out a
crate or two in no time!
The trail passes right by the Heart Lake Ranger Patrol Cabin. The
resident ranger, Richard Jones, greets me by the tool shed. "Got
your backcountry permit," he asks with a smile. I drop my pack on
his porch and we talk about the Park and his job here. He kindly
changes my campsite to one that's much more suitable and along my
way, where I can have an open campfire to prepare my evening
meal--and get in five more miles to boot.
I'm in just as the sun sets behind the rugged silhouette of Mount
Sheridan. Heart Lake, and this place of such majestic
beauty--tonight it's all mine!
Get a cooking and warming fire going in good order. What a
blessing; the skeeters have backed off. Oh, what a blessing. Their
incessant attack can sure wear on a fellow.
Dear friends, who've kept me in your prayers, thank you! I'm still
poppin' the coated aspirin and vitamin-I like candy, but I have done
so much better today. What a joy to hike without the constant knee
pain. Thank you, friends--and thank you, Lord, thank you!
Friday--August 5, 2005
Trail Day--45
Trail Mile--20.8/883
Location--The Divide, South of Fox Park
There was surprisingly little traffic on the Yellowstone backcountry
trails, though they're well marked and groomed. I did meet a
family, grandma included (carrying a ton), on their way back to
Heart Lake trailhead. They were into the climb up from the lake.
Grandma kept repeating, "My feet, oh my poor feet." Sure hope they
made it out okay.
I'm hiking from Heart Lake by eight, to another glorious day.
I'm leaving the Park today to enter the Teton Wilderness, but not
before getting off trail. I miss a trail fork and climb too high
above the Snake River and get into a literal hell of blowdowns.
There's a trail, though, and I struggle along for nearly an hour
before realizing the trail I need to be on is right next the River,
nice, clear, groomed trail. I bushwhack down and am on my way
again.
Finally see "Yogi" today, while struggling in the blowdowns, so that
off-trail ordeal was well worth it. Nice sized brown bear. He
didn't hang around long. I tried getting my camera out, but he was
up and over the ridge in no time.
In the evening, I meet some fellows doing a frog study (yes,
surprisingly, there are peepers up here).
Make very good time today and get far beyond my planned destination
for the evening. Climb to the Divide, there to pitch by a high-held
glacial pond. I huddle by my little fire until the chill of the
high country urges me along to my humble shelter.
Saturday--August 6, 2005
Trail Day--46
Trail Mile--40.9/924
Location--Togwotee Pass Lodge/Cowboy Village, hitch to Dubois
No, I didn't hike forty-one miles today. I've managed to pick up
mileage each of the past three days, so I was able to shoot for
Togwotee today. Probably did more like 25 or 26 miles. I'm just
too lazy to split my itinerary mileage, so I just lumped it together
to preserve the posted mileages I have up for the remainder of the
journey.
This area is very popular for pack trips into the wild, and the
trail today is like a highway. It's flat, and I haul. Meet a
number of pack teams, both directions, all with their weathered old
cowpoke trail bosses--and the pale, red-faced "tinhorns" bouncing
along behind. Also, lots of folks heading for a party back in a
remote place called Hawk's Rest.
I follow an alternate route down to the South Fork of the Buffalo
River, then over and across bridges on both the South and North
Buffalo. Glad I didn't have to ford these two rivers. Deep,
rushing current, both.
Make the final climb to Togwotee Pass Lodge/Cowboy Village and am at
the highway by a little before seven.
Homemade, another southbound thru-hiker, is standing on the
road shoulder with his thumb out, hoping for a ride to Dubois. I
join him and we share pleasant conversation.
In awhile a van slows and pulls to the side. "I'm Dave from Maine,"
smiles the driver as he greets us. I see the Appalachian National
Scenic Trail decal on his back window right away, so I know we've
got a ride to Dubois.
Great conversation on the way in. Dave is a climber, loves the
dizzying heights. Just came down from scaling one of the Teton
sharptops today, the one right next the Sentinel. Good for you,
Dave, I'm thinking. I'll stay on the (relatively flat) trail, thank
you!
We're in Dubois by a little before nine. Get a room at the very
nice Stagecoach Inn, then rush to the Cowboy Cafe for a steak and
baked potato before they close at nine.
A long, but very rewarding day. The knees are holding; what a
blessing!
Sunday--August 7, 2005
Trail Day--47
Trail Mile--00.0/924
Location--Dubois, WY
Sunday, a day for rest, the first one for me since beginning this
odyssey 47 days ago. Picked up an extra day yesterday, so am taking
it off today.
Lots to do. Catch up on journal entries, email friends and family,
sew up my ragged clothing and gear, and just rest--for a most
welcome change.
Monday--August 8, 2005
Trail Day--48
Trail Mile--20.5/945
Location--Near Leeds Creek
Nice town, Dubois. Fine Motel, Stagecoach--and everything nearby.
Shop enough food for seven nights, eight days. This is the longest
stretch without resupply, some 170 miles.
At the post office, the clerk tells me that Dubois has no police
department. The sheriff takes care of things for the city. So
there's no reason waiting until I reach the city limits to start
hitching. Don't remember if I mentioned that it's illegal to
hitchhike in Wyoming. So, right outside the post office, out goes
my thumb. Bingo, not a half-dozen cars pass and this petite young
lady, Elizabeth, stops and picks me up. I can't believe my luck.
She drops me off below Togwotee Pass, where the trail crosses. I
have skipped ten or so miles of roadwalking between Cowboy Village
and the road-crossing here below the pass. Figure I've paid my dues
on roadwalking. This is not a pure, continuous-linked hike by any
stretch.
The trail begins on a woods road. Somewhere, I miss a turn and get
off-trail, so I decide to bushwhack (I never seem to learn). It
appeared to be a shortcut back to get me back on track. Well, I'm
off-trail for tonight, somewhere near the Divide. I've completely
missed Sheridan Pass, where the trail crosses.
Perhaps I'll get straightened out in the morning--not going to worry
myself about it tonight.
Tuesday--August 9, 2005
Trail Day--49
Trail Mile--20.5/945
Location--Short of Roaring Fork Bridge
I continue bushwhacking the "shortcut." GPS (My support crew in
Missouri sent me a new one), says I'm still a half-mile from the
trail. Finally intersect it, a snowmobile route, right on top of
the Divide. It carries me along for several miles. Oh yes, then I
miss another turn, the one leading to Lake of the Woods. I end up
on an all-weather gravel road. Can't believe it, this is an actual
shortcut!
Then I promptly miss another turn, putting me over a mile from the
trail. Another bushwhack. Finally make it to the Highline Pack
Trail, to follow it several more miles. In the evening I end up on
a quad-trac rut where I set camp under the spruce. I think I'm
off-trail--again.
Wednesday--August 10, 2005
Trail Day--50
Trail Mile--20.2/988
Location--Short of Trail Creek Park
Well, I'm not supposed to be on this quad-track trail, but it looks
like it goes to Gunsight Pass, where I need to cross. It doesn't.
A fault of mine (one of many)--I'd rather take a lashing than turn
back, so I bushwhack over the Divide--again. Thence to crash
straight down the other side. I'm in the Winds for sure now.
They're part of the Teton, Bridger Wilderness. I camp short of the
pull to Trail Creek Park.
Thursday--August 11, 2005
Trail Day--51
Trail Mile--18.9/1007
Location--Short of Fall Creek
Camped last night below Three Forks Park. It's a long, hard climb
up to Vista Pass and Cubs Rock Pass this morning. Constant rocks.
High, rough, wild country, tundra-like.
I'm hiking (stumbling along in the rocks) at 11,000 feet. Lots of
glacial lakes. No one else on the trail.
I pull up short of my destination for the day, Fall Creek, but it's
getting dusk and I'm just too tired to continue.
The evening turns very cold. Would you believe the skeeters are
still after me!
Knees cooperating.
Where I camp, I meet Jeff and Steffey Swain from Pinedale. They
have packed in by horse and are spending a couple weeks in the high
country. What a pleasant change, having others around.
Friday--August 12, 2005
Trail Day--52
Trail Mile--18.6/1026
Location--Near East Fork River
This morning, just as I'm preparing to break camp, Jeff comes over
and invites me for coffee. What a kind thing. I dearly miss my
coffee in the morning. I join them!
Jeff knows the area up and back and goes over potential routes to
take. He even loans me one of his maps. I'm not out and on the
trail until ten! Today I'm making good progress, though the tread is
rough and rocky. I dearly wanted to hike Cirque of the Towers, but
a Forest Service employee I met today said that snow is in the
forecast for areas above 9,000 feet. The Towers are well above
ten. Not a good idea to go in with the skimpy foul weather gear I'm
packing, so I opt to pass the Cirque--a disappointment. I also skip
Big Sandy Lodge, where many hikers send extra supplies.
Today, again, I'm hiking at 10,000 feet. More rocks, lots of
high-held lakes. Still in the Bridger Wilderness.
The evening turns very cold, but no snow. I pitch in the cover of
boulders and spruce. Didn't make it to Temple Lake.
Saturday--August 13, 2005
Trail Day--53
Trail Mile--18.3/1044
Location--Past Temple Lake
There's frost everywhere this morning.
Today will be remembered for the climb up and over Temple Pass, near
10,000 Feet. At the Pass, I meet a family from Seattle, with two
young children--just when I thought I was becoming the great
mountain climber. The youngsters were popping right along, bright
smiles!
A storm comes in late afternoon and it turns very cold. See more
moose.
At Little Sandy Lake I lose the trail again, but I know it's nearby
and I'm sure to locate it in the morning.
Camp again in the cover of boulders and Spruce. Very cold, windy
night.
Sunday--August 14, 2005
Trail Day--54
Trail Mile--30.3/1075
Location--Lander, WY
No, I didn't hike thirty miles today, just picked up another day.
I manage to find faint trail this morning. The climb to the Divide
is marked by small cairns, and I'm able to follow them okay. I'm on
the Pacific side of the Divide for the first time in awhile.
The trail is dropping now as I leave the Winds and the Bridger
Wilderness.
Another wrong turn late in the day but I recover and reach the
highway to Lander by seven.
At the road gate, a family camping nearby befriends me with a cold
fruit drink and a piece of fried chicken. On the road shoulder now,
Bill, a fellow I'd talked to earlier in the day along the dusty
two-track, is heading back from a day fishing the East Fork of the
Sandy. He sees me standing with my thumb out and picks me up. What
luck! He drives me all the way to Lander.
In Lander I check into the Pronghorn Motel--and just have time to
hit their cafe for the best t-bone steak and baked potato I've had
in a long time.
Of the eight days food, I've got one package of beef ramen and
quarter of a bag of M&Ms left. Cut that one close!
Monday--August 15, 2005
Trail Day--55
Trail Mile--00.0/1075
A zero mile day.
I've caught up with Zack and Buddha, and along with
Garlic Man and Andrew Knutsen (a local triple-crowner) we enjoy
a fine breakfast together.
Stop by the Bureau of Land Management for information on the water
sources in the Great Divide Basin, where I'll be headed tomorrow.
Relax, catch up on email and journals.
Tuesday--August 16, 2005
Trail Day--56
Trail Mile--24.5/1100
Location--Upper Mormon Spring
My stay in Lander was most enjoyable; nice town, kind folks.
I join Zack, Buddha and Andrew at 7:30 for breakfast at the
Oxbow before Andrew shuttles us back to the trail. Zack and
Buddha treat us but they've decided to take another zero day
in Lander.
Ten o'clock and Andrew has me back on the trail at South Pass City.
I've been told that the middle of August is not the time to be
crossing the Great Divide Basin, but looks like I might get a break
today; it's overcast and cool.
The trail out is two-track gravel. As I crest the hill out from
South Pass City, seems the whole Basin appears before me. Not a
tree or anything green anywhere in sight. Just rocks, sand and
sagebrush. Not long and the wind starts kicking from the
west-northwest bringing a noticeable drop in temperature. I stop,
put on my long-sleeved shirt over my "T" (had another one sent from
home) and get my poncho out, just in case. Not long again, the rain
starts as the wind kicks harder. On goes the poncho. Looks like
the least I've got to worry about is the heat.
The trail through the Basin is well marked but I still manage to
make a wrong turn. I soon see the error and am back on track.
The Basin is low, compared to the surrounding rim, but I'm still
above 6,000 feet and climbing. Been told I'll see many pronghorn
and wild horses in here. Keeping my eye open, but none along today.
The rain keeps on steady all afternoon, and it's uncomfortably cold.
From the information provided by the BLM office in Lander, I've
entered the coordinates for Upper Mormon Spring. My little GPS
clicks down the miles, with the arrow pointing me right for the
spring. Late evening and the spring comes right in at the zero
reading. Good water and plenty of dead sagebrush for my evening
cooking and warming fire.
The rain has finally stopped. Oh, and hey, there's nary a mosquito
out here in the desert!
Wednesday--August 17, 2005
Trail Day--57
Trail Mile--21.7/1122
Location--Past Crooks Mountain
I'm up and out to a cool, clear day. Shortly, behind me comes
another hiker--Steve. He'd also camped near the spring. We hike
along sharing good conversation--until the day darks over and the
cold rain descends again. We keep trudging along into it. Thought
I'd have a couple of days, at least here in the high desert, without
wet feet, but it's not going to happen.
Lots of pronghorn today--and cows and sheep--but no wild horses.
The ponds where we'd planned on getting water for the evening are
disgusting, churned to a muddy froth and contaminated by hundreds of
sheep. The shepherd that tends the flock has a little camper on the
ridge above. We go there. He's out with the sheep. We decide he
won't miss a little of his clear, clean water stashed in his water
tanks.
The storm finally moves off to the east, leaving the evening cool
and clear. We head on up the next rise, find a couple of flat spots
by a gulch and call it a day.
What a pleasant change--having someone to hike with!
Thursday--August 18, 2005
Trail Day--58
Trail Mile--28.0/1150
Location--Past A&M Reservoir
I head out a little after seven. Steve's feet are weary from the
long miles we banged out yesterday, around thirty, so he hangs
back. His planned route will take him up from the Basin and onto
the rim. Where out paths diverge, I leave a short note for him in
the sand, wishing him a safe journey. Steve's already done New
Mexico north to the Colorado line. He's southbound now, as am I,
from Canada, with a little over 800 miles remaining to complete his
CDT thru-hike--congratulations, Steve!
Not long, the sky darks over again and the cold wind kicks anew, out
of the west-northwest just as before. The tread is very good and I
make the miles. Lots more pronghorn, maybe a hundred or more--and
horses--I see a beautiful paint, a pure white, a pure black with a
colt, and numerous other roan. They hurry away. I try for a
picture, but I'm afraid they're too far off.
At four, the rain starts, the wind comes harder, and it turns bitter
cold. Intense flashes of lightning. Crashing thunder. The storm
and the driving rain move with me. For the next four hours the
lightning and thunder are directly overhead. This is the most
intense electric storm I've been in since being struck by lightning
in Quebec. I become sore afraid that this might be my time. I pray
to God for just a few moments break, so I can pitch my tent and get
out of it before dark.
My prayers are answered, as the break comes just before
eight-thirty, and I hasten to pitch between the scatter of thorny
cactus and sagebrush. I'm in just as the wind returns. I must
cling to the walls of my little tent for fear it will be ripped
away. It's well after nine before the storm moves on east. I am
soaked. My clothes are soaked. But somehow I've managed to keep my
sleeping bag dry. What a blessing to climb in and finally get warm
again.
Lord, oh Lord, what a day!
Friday--August 19, 2005
Trail Day--59
Trail Mile--43.5/1194
Location--Rawling, WY
I'm up and out again by a little after seven. The sky appears very
iffy. Sure enough, by nine the rain comes in again. But this mild
storm proves short-lived as it quickly moves past and the late
morning sun burns it away.
The hike today follows a pipeline cut, nearly straight, up, over and
down the rolling hills of the Great Divide Basin. The tread, a bit
sandy at times, remains good and I make fair time. Many more
pronghorn, also horses. And I see the goofy looking little horned
toad today.
I'm shooting for Rawlins now--a day ahead of schedule. So the
mileage above actually reflects a two day additive. Actually, the
individual mileages for the past four days are: Tuesday-25,
Wednesday-30, Friday-36, and Saturday-28, for a total of 119.
The pipeline road turns to county paved, the county paved to US281,
bringing a roadwalk of some 18 miles to town.
I'm hot and weary, but I'm in by five-twenty.
This day ahead that I've just pulled? Ahh yes, I'll burn it right
away for a welcome day off tomorrow!
Saturday--August 20, 2005
Trail Day--60
Trail Mile--00.0/1194
Location--Rawling, WY
A zero mile day, as I rest, sort my bounce box, and generally keep
my feet up and take it easy.
Two doors down last night, lo and behold, appeared Leslie and Dave.
Met them way back in East Glacier Park, the day I got off the train
two months ago. They've also hiked New Mexico already. So, they'll
finish their CDT thru-hike at the Colorado/New Mexico line around
the end of September. We shared a great time together, recounting
experiences along the trail.
Sunday--August 21, 2005
Trail Day--61
Trail Mile--20.6/1215
Location--Past Lone Tree Creek
The day and one-half break was good for me, but I'm hiking out
pretty much locked up this morning. Can't get my arms or legs
moving freely. Finally acting my age, I suppose. Takes better part
of two hours (and as many Vitamin-I) to finally work the kinks out.
The trail from of Rawlins is also a long roadwalk. Memories of the
last two hikes come back to me. They were almost total roadwalks.
I squint to see the road as it shrinks to a point toward the
horizon.
Rawlins is an oasis in the middle of this arid (say desert) high
plains prairie. It's tucked away down in a wide, open-ended cove.
Trees grow there, but only in yards and landscaped business areas,
where they receive much care through periodic watering.
Lots of frontier/old west history here. The road I'm hiking along
today, which heads me back up to the Divide, crosses the old
Overland Trail. That old wagon trail followed the Platt River up to
its headwaters, then wiggled its way through Bridger Pass just west
of here. Passing through the Great Divide Basin, I hiked along the
route of the old Oregon Trail and the Seminoe Cutoff branch of the
old California Trail. From 1843, and for 25 years--until the
railroad came through, over half a million folks journeyed west over
these old trails.
Jim Bridger left his mark on the area. Many land features
hereabouts are named after him. I mentioned Bridger Pass. And
there's Bridger County. And tomorrow I'll be hiking past Bridger
Peak, located on the Divide.
All the old towns along southern Wyoming are/were railroad towns,
which sprang up along the route of the Union Pacific
Transcontinental Railroad. The old Mormon Trail and the Pony
Express route also came through here.
Toward evening, and as I continue climbing, I'm leaving the prairie
to enter the sub-alpine mountain zone. Here I see the first trees
in the wild for better part of the past week. There's quaking
aspen, Englemann spruce, fir, and lodgepole pine. Oh, and there's
still plenty of sagebrush, enough old dead, stunted snags of which
I'm able to get a fine cooking and warming fire going. A kind
Native American stopped to offer me water--a blessing, as I haven't
yet reached the first brook flowing from the mountains.
A beautiful sunset. Ha, somehow the afternoon thunder busters
didn't find me today!
Monday--August 22, 2005
Trail Day--62
Trail Mile--23.2/1238
Location--Past Jim Creek
Just about got the road walked out yesterday. For this morning I
don't go far until the trail breaks away to a two-track, then a
single-track, as it climbs, taking me back up to the Divide.
Yup, doesn't take me long to get lost. Sure glad for my GPS and the
compass rose--with coordinates--on each map. No problem getting
straightened out and back on track, but not before I manage to get
up and walk away from another pair of sunglasses. Isn't this the
fourth time I've pulled this stunt? Jeez, you'd think by now I'd
have come up with some way of keeping track of my sunglasses. Sure
it's funny. Go ahead and laugh. I'm laughing!
Saw lots more antelope yesterday; not so many today, but up here,
there's mule deer and white tail. Heard many coyotes last night.
What a mournful call. Sends chills right up your spine.
Today I'm back in the rocks again. The two track roads are littered
with rocks. The trail is a ribbon of rocks. Appropriate
name--Rocky Mountains. Take away the rocks and the pile of dust
left wouldn't make a decent-sized hill.
Tuesday--August 23, 2005
Trail Day--63
Trail Mile--15.0/1253
Location--Encampment, WY
The trail stayed to the Divide all afternoon and evening last.
There's no water on the Divide. It's the high land, no streams, no
springs. I was out of water and it was turning dusk. What to do?
Ah, but what luck. Just below Bridger Peak, which has its head in
the sky at 10,000 feet, just off the north slope, I found two huge
fields of snowpack. And below the peak there were small wooded
areas of spruce. Wood for my evening fire and snow for water. I
pitched in the shelter of the spruce, back from the cold, harsh
wind. Got pitched, got a fine fire going, and scampered down to the
snow drift for a bag of the white stuff just before dark. What a
fine evening it turned to be! I sat by the warming fire for the
longest time, watching the lights from the little communities of
Encampment and Riverside flicker in the valley below.
I've only four miles to the highway this morning, where I hope to
hitch a ride down to Encampment. There's a motel there, a bar, a
cafe, and a small grocery store. Maybe I'll get there in time for a
good breakfast.
I reach SR70 a little after nine. No traffic. I mean NO traffic.
I stand at the Pass for over half an hour. Not a single vehicle--in
either direction. Finally, two vehicles go by--in the opposite
direction. This doesn't look very promising. Okay, it's twelve
miles to Encampment. That's four hours to hike it out. I'm out of
food. Gotta go in. Start walkin' Nomad.
Four miles and an hour and twenty minutes later, the fourth vehicle
going my way stops to pick me up. Thanks, dear Lord, thanks. The
old codger drops me off right downtown Encampment. I'm in before
noon--but not for breakfast. The two cafes are closed Mondays and
Tuesdays. The grocery store is out of business. Ah, but the little
motel is doing fine. Get a room, a shower, then the motel owner
drives me to Riverside, where I'm able to resupply for the hike on
to Steamboat Springs. Also get the best burger and fries I've had
in ages. As my friend, Wolfhound, would say, "Life is good."
Wednesday--August 24, 2005
Trail Day--64
Trail Mile--19.9/1273
Location--Just Past Colorado Line
Had a fine stay in Encampment. Neat little town, much like the
farm-to-market village I grew up in.
In Encampment, everyone knows one another, helps one another--like
Connie, the barmaid at Pine Lodge Cafe/Bar. She knew I'd have a
time hitching back up to the Divide this morning, so while chatting
with her yesterday, she offered to drive me up. We meet at the Cafe
for breakfast, then we're off. She has me back on the trail by
ten. Thanks, Connie. Oh, and thanks, Dezi, owner/innkeeper at
Vacher's Bighorn Lodge--for your hospitality and kindness.
The hike today is mainly along the smooth-flowing ridge that can be
the Great Divide--when it chooses to be kind to we intrepids. The
range here is the Sierra Madre in the Medicine Bow National Forest.
Where the Divide is flat like this, it's usually pretty much beat
down. Through here today, I'm following the old Center Sheep
Driveway, kept widened by countless quadtracs.
At four-ten, I cross the border between Wyoming and Colorado. Three
states down now, over half the hike finished--two more states to
go. Thank you, Lord, for the wide, safe passage. Guide me on and
keep me in your care.
Thursday--August 25, 2005
Trail Day--65
Trail Mile--20.8/1294
Location--Just Past Middle Fork, Elk River
Finding water has been a near-constant problem for the past many
miles through southwest Wyoming. But here, this morning, that all
changes. The mountains of Colorado see plenty of rainfall, and when
the trail wanders just the least bit from the crown of the Divide,
there are numerous little brooks and spring seeps. No more lugging
50-100 ounces of water--at least till I hit New Mexico.
Lots more wildlife now; mule deer whitetail, little chippies and
squirrel, all kinds of birds, most with their very own song to
sing. It's certainly a welcome change, having their company. Many
of the birds are inquisitive, flying along from evergreen to aspen
to evergreen ahead of me as they chirp away.
Late morning, comes along Cactus and Bonner,
northbound thru-hikers. They hope to make it to Canada before the
snow really starts flying. We enjoy a fine chat, then I wish them
success and a safe journey on. As I turn to continue my trek, I'm
thinking, "Sure glad I'm heading south, not north."
I've lucked out the past two days; managed to dodge the afternoon
thunder busters. The one building today, which appears to be
heading directly my way veers off to the southeast just ahead of
me. Hey, I'm actually hiking south for a change!
I hike on past my planned destination, as there's still plenty of
daylight. Up, up and more up I go as I head for Three Island Lake.
I can see the light of evening through the trees above. It's the
pass just above the lake. I judge it to be perhaps an hour further
on. Two hours later, and at dusk, I judge the pass to be perhaps an
hour further on! The Rockies are so enormous. Trying to judge
distance out here can be totally bewildering, as this situation
proves. There's no getting used to the expanse. In my case, there
seems to be no improvement in judgment--none!
I take water from the lake outfall and pitch for the evening,
perhaps just a short distance (perhaps not) from Three Island Lake.
Friday--August 26, 2005
Trail Day--66
Trail Mile--20.7/1315
Location--Beyond Buffalo Pass
The lovely Three Island Lake was just above where I camped last, so
I had nearly reached it. Just as well I didn’t, as there's no
camping allowed near the lake.
All around me this morning, on the grasses, sedges and low bush,
there's frost. And on the lake, the most remarkable steam shroud
hovering there, the sun mixing and turning it in glistening shades
of gold and silver.
I hike along for the first hour with my hands in my pockets, sticks
tucked under my arm. By late morning, and as I once more reach the
high, open meadows on the Divide, the sun has warmed me nicely.
The trail pops along, rolling from dark green-grass seeps below to
bare-rock domes above. It's then I see it looming ahead of me--Lost
Ranger Mountain. I know the trail goes up and over, but I can't
believe I'm going to climb up there. But the ascent starts soon
enough, gently at first, then around and through rock-strewn side
spurs, across two large, sloping snowfields, to finally turn
straight up. The final 300-400 feet take all the strength left in
me. I can hear the wind howling around the last rocky spur, which
until now has protected me. As I crest the summit the force of the
gale pitches me away. It is bitter cold. I fumble for my GPS with
my stick-stiff fingers and manage to turn it on. When the little
gadget is locked on at least four satellites it will give out
elevation. Here on Lost Ranger it's reading 13,347 feet.
The descent is a freefall, through more boulder and rock-filled
tread. If the remaining 700 miles of Colorado are anything like
what I've just experienced, I don't know if I'll be up to it.
But just as I'm suffering these doubts, the trail miraculously
flattens, the rocks leave, and the day warms. I hike along with
total ease for the remainder of the day. Mulling most of the day, I
finally resolve to take the oncoming mountain peaks--when and only
as they come, and doubt no more. I managed Lost Ranger. I'll get
up and over the rest just fine.
At Buffalo Pass, as is the case in so many other places along the
trail, there's no marker on the other side of the pass. Searching,
I find a trail used by the quadtrac and motorcycle folks. I hike it
on up for better part of two miles before finding a sign indicating
that I'm, in fact, on the CDT. Seems the folks working the trail
like to put up all kinds of CDT signs and markers where there's
"pretty" trail, but avoid any indication of the trail's existence in
the not-so-pretty places, like here.
Lots of quadtrac folks, bicyclists and day hikers in this last
section, a change from the near-total seclusion along the trail in
Wyoming.
At dusk, I take water from one of the many high-held lakes and carry
it a mile or so to a sheltered evergreen copse.
The evening fire gives me a hot meal for warm innards, warms my
outards, and lights the night as I set my camp.
I'll long remember this day, the snowfield crossings, the
leg-numbing climb, the bitter, howling wind--and the doubting. Ahh,
but then, too, I'll remember the sweet satisfaction of success!
Saturday--August 27, 2005
Trail Day--67
Trail Mile--16.7/1332
Location--US40 at Rabbit Ears Pass/Steamboat Springs
I'm awake at dawn but can't muster the nerve to roll out to the
chill of the early morning. I finally break camp and get on trail
by seven-thirty. More frost, more hands in the pockets.
The trail is most kind this morning, only nine or so miles to Rabbit
Ears Pass. I reach there by eleven.
What memories, this place. The large boulder holding the plaque
commemorating the dedication of the highway over Rabbit Ears, it's
still right here. I was only nine or ten then, sis was maybe four.
That was nearly sixty years ago. Dad took us on a trip through the
Rockies one fall. I remember to this day first seeing the
remarkable rock formation above the Divide for which this pass is
named. The bronze plaque is still here too, badly faded now. The
narrow old highway is full of cracks, potholes and patches. Few
pass this way any more, as this old road has been given up for a new
Rabbit Ears crossing further south. I linger in the middle of the
old roadway for the longest time. It is quiet now, no traffic like
back then. Oh, if we could only go back, to relive just a few
special times. But time is our captor and we must obey. Dad, mom,
these memories, they are so precious--I miss you so.
The trail crosses the old road and leads on south. My thumb goes
out at the new pass. The cars fly by. Finally a fellow from
Tellico Plains, back east, stops and picks me up. I'm in Steamboat
for lunch.
Sunday--August 28, 2005
Trail Day--68
Trail Mile--22.0/1354
Location--Indian Creek
Southbounders Dave and Leslie are right across the street at the
Rabbit Ears Motel. Had a good visit. Dave brought by some goodies
to boost my energy, snacks and dried veggies--thanks, Dave!
Steamboat Springs is a touristy town, with all the usual front
street shops--high end designer wear, fancy jewelry, posh
restaurants with menu items topping a hundred bucks, fudge and
ice-cream shops, you name it. But I liked the town, believe it or
not! Had to pay seventy bucks for a room, but it was a seventy
buck/room kind of motel--a good value. All the usual retail stores,
like WalMart, Safeway, the discounts and drugs, etc., they're
located on the south side of town, away from the old downtown area.
Neat layout. And the merchants apparently foot the bill for the
free bus service all around. Smart merchants. Yup, neat town,
Steamboat Springs.
I'm up, pack on, and out the door by nine. Get the bus to the city
limits where my thumb goes out. Five minutes and I've got a ride
with a fellow who's headed for Rabbit Ears to hike the mountain with
his family and friends. He drops me off within a quarter-mile of
where I hitched in yesterday. I'd planned on skipping the roadwalk
from where the new highway crosses the pass, over to CO14, but soon
have second thoughts and go ahead and hike the four miles or so.
Today is mostly a roadwalk, beginning with US40, then CO14, then
gravel secondary, and finally, high clearance unmaintained FS roads.
By late evening, and just before turning off CO14 comes Greg, the
kind fellow who gave me the ride up earlier in the day. "Hiked
Rabbit Ears for you--a great day. Need any water or anything? How
about a ride to the top of the hill?" he says as he jumps from his
truck to greet me again. I give him my card with the
nimblewillnomad.com website on it and encourage him to let his
daughters, Gretchen and Ann, sign my guestbook. Thanks, Burkholders,
all (and Sadie the lab, too), for your kindness!
Near dusk (and still climbing) I begin seeing folks camped all along
the FS road. Looks like hunting season is cranking up. Primitive
(bow and black powder) will be first.
It's been a long day, back in the Routt National Forest, the Rabbit
Ears Range now, but I make it to Indian Creek, there to top off my
water bottles, then it's on a little further up the mountain to a
secluded spot in the spruce. The evening fire is a most welcome old
friend.
Monday--August 29, 2005
Trail Day--69
Trail Mile--20.4/1374
Location--Near Haystack Mountain
It's a challenge to roll out and get moving early when it's cold and
the frost is on. The longer I stay snug in my down bag the warmer
it becomes outside--but I manage to get moving by seven-thirty.
The Divide along this Rabbit Ears Range is rugged and the trail
tries to stay with it. Lots of wild ups and downs, a thousand feet
or more of vertical change at times. One stretch is a razor-sharp
hogback, no wider than 50-75 feet with near-vertical walls straight
off either side for better part of half a mile. It's breathtaking
scenery but unbelievably rugged--jutting boulders, loose rock,
narrow off-camber tread. Each foot placement is critical. Gotta
stop if I want to look away.
This day has been one of the most physically demanding of this
entire journey; my energy is completely spent, but I must yet go
down the mountain a fair distance for water if I plan to have a hot
meal tonight.
At dusk, and back near the ridge again, water bottles full, I find a
flat area and an old fire ring. This is home.
Tuesday--August 30, 2005
Trail Day--70
Trail Mile--19.1/1393
Location--Past Ruby Lake
This old lumberjack's camp I've pitched at is open to the east, so
the sunrise brings immediate warmth to my little estate. That gets
me up and moving by seven. Good thing, for as my map indicates, the
trail crosses tight 100 foot contour lines nearly all day. That
means more near-vertical ascents and descents. These kind of pulls
and drops are a major chug up here at ten to eleven thousand feet.
My energy level has been noticeably lagging the past three days and
I've suffered a nagging headache, maybe running a mild fever. I
know it's futile; there's no way of keeping any pace through this
kind of tread anyway, so I slow to a stagger-on that this old worn
out heart can tolerate. Slow, slow ups, and scary don't-bust-it
downs. Perhaps one mile an hour for much of the day. Hard to make
twenty miles like this. "Just keep your head down and pull the
mountain, old man. There'll be daylight through the pine--you'll
see it soon enough--at the top."
I'd like to get into Grand Lake early tomorrow so I can find a room,
get a bath and launder these smelly old clothes, so I stay the trail
until dark. I manage an extra four miles past Ruby Lake. This sets
me up for a noonish arrival in town. I'm pleased with the day, but
pooped.
Oh my, reading this entry over, it sure enough sounds like I'm
miserable. You're probably wandering, "Why's he out there anyway;
what's the use!" Well, I have taken time today to find pleasure in
this trail, in this hike. I'm in the Never Summer Wilderness now,
rugged but picturesque--on the Never Summer Trail. It's a challenge
for sure, but at the same time, it's an experience--no, it's a
blessing few could ever know or understand.
I think the problem is: I've just had a bad attitude since that
four-hour thunder buster in the desert.
I pitch for the night at Bowen Lake. Cold, harsh wind. Warm fire.
I fix my sleeping pad behind me for a reflector. Hey--no skeeters!
Wednesday--August 31, 2005
Trail Day--71
Trail Mile--15.7/1409
Location--Grand Lake, CO
The wind calms during the night, and in the pine here by the lake,
encircled by lofty mountains, the morning dawns mild.
First order of the day is to climb to the ridge by that lofty
mountain. I'm pleased to find my stamina and energy level much
improved. I'm able to top the ridge in less than an hour. From
here, it's all downhill, from near 12,000 feet above Bowen, down to
8,000 feet at Grand Lake. Memorable views from the open ridge.
It's a bumpy rollercoaster all the way on the North Supply Trail.
Lots of loose rock plus off-camber skid plates to keep my
attention. This is definitely a don't-bust-it morning. But I
manage good time and arrive town right at noon.
Kind folks at the Bighorn Motel cut a rate deal for the old Nomad.
I hit the library to check the progress my Webmaster, Justin, has
been making in a total makeover of
www.nimblewillnomad.com. Wow, is it ever impressive!
Check out the photos. They ain't bad, and do they ever
load--whiz-pop and they're up, full page if you like. Thanks,
Justin! I know it's been a difficult task, but the new look is
stunning.
Ted, a local in the lumber trade, buys my evening meal, one of the
best rib eyes I've chomped into in many a moon--a tip-off from
Rhana, the morning cook at Bears Den and Paws Pub.
My tummy's full. My clothes' clean.
Now all to do--hit the grocery first thing in the morning and I'm on
my way to Silverthorne, where my "Support Crew," Joyce, is coming to
see this lonely old codger.
Thursday--September 1, 2005
Trail Day--72
Trail Mile--24.2/1433
Location--Near Caribou Lake
My stay in Grand Lake was most restful, much needed.
But for brief remissions, I have suffered an alarming loss in energy
and stamina. The rash on the back of my left leg, above the knee,
is continuing to spread and doesn't appear to be the usual skin
irritation, as from crossing paths with numerous noxious plant such
as thistle or dock.
The hike today is pretty much a cruise along and beside the
picturesque Shadow Mountain Lake. By afternoon, I'm at Monarch
Lake, where the climb begins in earnest, up and along Arapaho Creek.
By the time I reach Caribou Lake, my energy and strength are totally
spent. This loss of stamina is baffling and scary, as I have always
been blessed with boundless energy.
I stumble about, pitching camp, building a fire and fixing supper.
In my little tent and on my sleeping pad now, I find it difficult to
settle in comfortably, due to the nagging pain caused by sores along
the back of my left leg, and now up to my hip--a very restless
night.
Friday--September 2, 2005
Trail Day--73
Trail Mile--18.7/1452
Location--Just over James Peak
Frost all around again this morning. Sticks under arm and hands in
pocket, I manage to get out and going a little after seven.
The High Lonesome Trail meanders along, rolling up and down through
the forest of lodgepole, fir and spruce. But the climb comes soon
enough, past Devil's Thump Park, up the ridge and into the rocks
below Devil's Thumb Pass.
At the pass, the "trail" turns to the Divide, to follow it along
above 11,000 feet for the rest of the day.
My destination is James Peak, but I've been told not to camp on this
mountain, due to the high risk from exposure and the potential for
severe weather. James Peak is a domed pile of rocks that stands
well above 13,000 feet.
I struggle up through the rocks and over the top, to immediately
bale off the other side. It's a scary descent through the jumble of
boulders. Spikes of granite rise from the precipitous slopes to
reflect the harsh light of dusk. The cold wind comes as I search
the narrow chasm for a flat spot among the rocks.
This is the highest, narrowest and most exposed place I've ever had
to pitch camp. As the wind continues unabated I manage to get my
tent up by anchoring it with rocks. No hot meal tonight.
I am unable to sleep due to the intense pain along my left side.
Saturday--September 3, 2005
Trail Day--74
Trail Mile--16.7/1469
Location--Off trail at Silverthorne
The morning dawns cold and the
wind persists. As soon as there is light I'm up and climbing
again. First comes Mt. Bancroft at 13,250 feet, then it's down, up
and over Parry Peak at 13,400 feet. Next baleoff and boulder
scramble takes me up and over Mt. Eva at 13,100 feet, ditto for Mt.
Flora at 13,100 feet, and finally Colorado Mines Peak at 12,000
feet.
There is tread now, which I follow down to Berthoud Pass at 11,000
feet.
The climb back up to the Divide on the other side of the pass goes
straight up. My energy is in the tank. The climb is a crawl as I
dig my sticks and stagger up. By now I realize there is no way I'll
make it to Jones Pass, only sixteen miles for the day, nor will I
ever make Silverthorne tomorrow, a twenty-one mile day.
By the time I've struggled and pulled myself over Stanley Mtn. at
12,500 feet I am no longer able to continue.
A side trail leads down the mountain to the mines at Butler Gulch.
I take it. Near the mine entrance I'm offered a ride to Georgetown
and I-70.
Dear friends, my CDT southbound hike has come to an end, at least
for this year.
For the past number of days I've suffered a marked loss of energy
and stamina, along with a nagging headache and marginal fever. At
the time, I noticed two small sores on the back of my left leg. I
thought perhaps the irritation was from brushing the countless
thistle along the trail. The sores, however, have since spread. I
now suffer multiple, open lesions from just above the back of my
left knee, up my left thigh, all the way to the small of my back.
The pain has become so intense that I have been unable to sleep.
As I compose this final journal entry, I now know that I am
suffering, not from a rash, but from a disease known as herpes
zoster (shingles), a dangerous, potentially chronic, and extremely
painful condition.
Dwinda Joyce, my dear friend and support team, who is here to see me
in Silverthorne, diagnosed the condition immediately. She insisted,
and rightfully so, that I end my hike and return to Missouri with
her--to be seen and treated by her doctor.
As I write this, we are in eastern Kansas, near Topeka, heading
home.
Dear friends, for you and all who've taken inspiration from my
writings and from this adventure, I'm truly sorry I've let you
down. Please know that there is no one more disappointed about my
quitting than me. Quitting isn't my nature. The simple fact: I
could no longer continue.
But I am optimistic. There will come another day--there will be
another time.
|
Tuesday--August 14, 2007
Trail Day--01
Trail Mile--014/1504
Location--North of Hagar Mountain
This odyssey was intended to start in Silverthorne, but, problem is,
this isn't where Odyssey 2005 ended. That trek was planned as a
southbound thru-hike, from Glacier National Park to the Mexican border.
Unfortunately it was cut short due to illness--at Henderson Mine,
below Vasquez peak, some 26 miles north of Silverthorne by trail.
I really don't want a gap in my hike o'er this CDT, so, this odyssey
begins today as a northbound hike, from Silverthorne to Henderson Mine,
where I bailed off the mountain in '05.
It's almost ten before I shoulder my pack to go. Don't know how I'd
have managed without the kindness from Karen, the innkeeper here at 1st
Interstate Inn. She listened intently to my story Sunday, then to cut
me a hiker trash deal for four nites. Stayed Sunday evening and Monday
acclimating to the high altitude. Plans are, when I reach Henderson
Mine, to hitch back here to Silverthorne Wednesday. On Thursday I'll
hike south toward Wheeler Flats, there to take the free bus back to
Silverthorne Friday evening. Anyway, no way I'd be getting out of here
without Karen's help. Got the room for all six days, as she's told me
to leave all my stuff in the room the entire time--thanks, Karen!
It's a beautiful, clear morning as I climb the Ptarmigan Trail above
Silverthorne. Getting some great shots. I think this new camera is
going to work great.
The climb starts easy enough, and I'm able to handle the elevations up
to 10,000 feet, but then I slow way down. The trail rolls along fine
until I reach where it's supposed to drop off the mountain. Can't find
the bail-off. Look for over half an hour before deciding on a bushwhack
straight down one of the gulches. Descending toward the valley I see
movement. Ah, and so the bushwhack has been worth it, as I'm
practically standing face-to-face with a huge elk. As he looks up, I
get the shot!
Plunging on through the rocks and blowdowns, I'm able at last to find
the trail.
Toward evening the going gets difficult, as I am now climbing at
altitudes above 12,000 feet. Near dusk, totally exhausted, luck brings
a fine spring, and a (relatively) flat, rock-free spot to pitch for the
night. My feet, back, and right hip are barking, but my legs seem to be
coming back under me--one more time. Thank you, Lord! |
|
"This trail, it beckons ever on
This path, a way of life
And search as I must the final dawn
Through wonder, beauty--and strife."
[Robert W. Service] |
|
Wednesday--August 15, 2007
Trail Day--02
Trail Mile--12/1516
Location--Henderson Mine, thence to Silverthorne
The mercury really started dropping last evening, as the cold rain came
in--which finally ended in sleet. I was much relieved to get my tent
pitched and to warm up.
This morning my little REI thermometer is hovering just below 38
degrees. But as I break camp and get going, the day warms nicely. By
early afternoon the trail has dropped over 2,000 feet to descend Bobtail
Creek. From there, it's immediately up again to 12,500 feet at Jones
Pass. I seem to be adapting to the thin air at these high altitudes, but
as I pass the 11,000 foot mark in the climb to Jones Pass, my legs
decide they've had enough. From there on up, it's steady stop and go. I
give a prayer for a bit more stamina--and the least more patience! At
the top I meet Chris, and daughter, Mallory, up from Evergreen for an
afternoon trail ride. They become intrigued by my story as I show them
where I've hiked today, from the ridge in the hazy beyond to the valley
below.
I break off the pass to descend the road to Henderson Mine. As luck
would have it, and as I arrive the trailhead, Chris and Mallory are
loading their quad-track, and they offer me a ride back to
Silverthorne. Along the way, we stop for ice cream, courtesy of my dear
new friends.
Oh my, isn't this odyssey shaping to be a dandy! |
|
"Thank God! there is always a Land of Beyond
For us who are true to the trail;
A vision to seek, a beckoning peak,
A farness that never will fail;
A pride in our soul that mocks at a goal,
A manhood that irks at a bond,
And try as we will, unattainable still,
Beyond it, our Land of Beyond!"
[Robert W. Service] |
|
Thursday--August 16, 2007
Trail Day--03
Trail Mile--20/1536
Location--Wheeler Flats/Copper, thence back to Silverthorne
Figured I'd be stiff and sore this morning, but am out from the
motel and moving along fine. It's a cool, clear morning, the mountains
not seeming so distant. First it's past the posh outlet shops, the
downtown banks and real estate offices, then to cross the Blue River,
where the climb begins--up and up to the beautiful homes overlooking
the city. Not much traffic here on Lake View Drive today, as most homes
up here are luxurious retreats for big city dwellers that come up for
weekends and holidays. Fellow told me the other day that the
millionaires came in a few years ago and bought out all the locals. And
now the billionaires are doing the same thing to the
millionaires. Looking at a copy of the Summit County
(Silverthorne/Breckenridge area) Summer 2007 Real Estate Guide I can
sure enough believe it--duplex in Silverthorne, a million-one, in
Breck, seven mil, vacant land at Copper Mountain, a
million-two-fifty. You don't want to know what single family homes are
going for. Oh, and as you might suspect--there's no Wal-Mart in
Silverthorne!
Comes soon the nice trailhead where the Wheeler/Dillon trail
begins. Following the trail south I'm hiking in the Eagles Nest
Wilderness, White River National Forest. Here are (almost) constant ups
and downs, as the trail climbs South Willow Creek nearly 2,000 feet to
Eccles Pass at Buffalo Mountain. From there the trail drops to cross
North Tenmile Creek before beginning another 2,000 foot climb to Uneva
Pass, at near 12,000 feet.
As I huff and wheeze my way up and along, comes back the memory of the
not-so-gentle climbs I endured at the beginning of the Appalachian Trail
hike in North Georgia back in '98. I remember how folks, wearing their
shiny new boots (and lugging their sixty pound packs), complained
bitterly about the terrible, leg numbing climbs. Set me to wondering
then and there why they were even on the trail! It was no fun listening
to their constant griping. Right then I made up my mind to have a
different attitude--a positive one. Came then the determination that
with each mountain climbed I would become a stronger, more tolerant, and
more patient person, that I would become a better man for the doing of
it. So, this day, and here in these tall, rugged mountains, do I again
set my mind to that good task.
Hiking along today, I get to spend some time with Mike and Jim. Come to
find out Jim recently had three-fourths of his stomach removed, and no
complaining from Jim. What a much better beginning--this hike. Thanks
for the good example, Jim. A reminder: Set to work becoming a better,
more tolerant, and more patient man! |
|
"Adopt the pace of Nature: Her secret is patience."
[Ralph Waldo Emerson] |
|
Friday--August 17, 2007
Trail Day--04
Trail Mile--00/1536
Location--1st Inn at Silverthorne
Today will be what long distance hikers refer to as a zero-mile
day. After the soaking yesterday coming down from Uneva Pass, plus what
turned to be a long-mile day, I've decided to take a little more time to
acclimate and to get dried out.
A free bus runs from Wheeler Flats/Copper to Frisco/Silverthorne, which
I hopped last evening. Sure no problem spending another day in
Silverthorne; though ritzy, it's sure one fine trail town. Neat (very
reasonable) motel. Three restaurants right next, post office half a
block away, library right down the street, and the kicker is: The bus
depot is right behind the motel, with free rides to shopping or to
wherever else no-wheels hiker trash like me might want to go! Yup,
Silverthorne's a mighty fine trail town. So there's really no need to
hurry; it's feet up and I'm chillin'. |
|
"Nature does not hurry, yet everything is
accomplished."
[Lao Tzu] |
|
Saturday--August 18, 2007
Trail Day--05
Trail Mile--17/1553
Location--Ruins, Camp Hale, Eagle Park
After a fine night's rest I'm greeted by another cool, clear day. At
the mom-n-pop next the motel I sit the bar. Here I meet Jack from
Evergreen. Jack drives a big lumber truck out of Denver, up the
mountain, through the Eisenhower Tunnel, and straight back down, brakes
smokin'--day-in, day-out, hauling cedar boards and beams for the
million-dollar(+) retreats being built up here in Summit County.
Great conversation with Jack as we enjoy breakfast together. Find out
he's from New Jersey; been on the Appalachian Trail some around the
Water Gap; been married 4 times, divorced now--again. Told me he'd read
recently about a fellow who hiked from Mexico to Glacier and back again;
couldn't remember the guy's name. Ha, probably one of my hiker trash
friends, like Sly or Billygoat. Could see the wanderlust in his eye as
we talked; picked up my tab as he headed for the cash register. Oh, hey
Jack, get a minute Google CW McCall Webpages and read his "Wolf Creek
Pass" lyrics. Check your brakes, man--and thanks for breakfast!
Back to the motel it's time to pack up a few more things I'm not wantin'
to lug--and send home. Then it's good-bye to Karen as she wishes me a
joyful journey and safe passage. I'm on the bus to Frisco at 9:30. A
change there, and at 9:50 I'm standing at the bus stop where I'd ended
my hike on Thursday.
I'm walking the main drag through Copper Mountain Resort now. The place
is a small city in its own right; a family place, for winter (and
summer) fun, recreation, and relaxation. In winter, of course, it
skiing. Summertime's for golf, day hiking and mountain biking the trails
cut across the slopes--or just enjoying the many eateries and upscale
shops all along.
A little after ten I begin the climb up. Somehow I manage to cross the
trail and end up on the slopes far above. Lucky for me a string of pack
horses passes, and after asking direction, come to find they're headed
for the Colorado/Divide Trail, so I fall in behind.
At a little before one I'm on the CT/CDT heading south. In only minutes
comes this fellow behind me, cranking his pedals toward Searle Pass. He
stops and we chat. Christian's his name, a member of the Colorado 14ers,
a mountain climbing club here in Colorado. Like trail names, these guys
and gals take on climbing names. Christian's is "Holy S~~~!" He's also
an avid mountain biker, taking to the trail at every
opportunity. Earlier today he'd already pedaled (pushed) his bike, a
trailer hooked, with his four-year-old daughter aboard, up to the hut
near Searle Pass. He's been back down and is now headed up again with a
load of grub for family and friends.
Not long, and in a short while, I meet a fellow intrepid, trail name
Peace Pipe. He thru-hiked the Appalachian National Scenic Trail in
'05. Peace Pipe is doing a southbound o'er the Colorado Trail, from
Denver to Durango. We enjoy much trail talk, about mutual friends, as we
hike along together.
Above on the trail, and waiting for us, I see Christian. His wife, Amy
had come up from the hut to greet him, and they've waited so Amy can
meet the two of us and wish us a safe and enjoyable journey.
By three, Searle Pass is in my sights as I struggle through what has
become a chilling rain--which soon turns to steady sleet. Oh yes,
folks, sleet in the Colorado Rockies in August--in Searle Pass at
12,180 feet!
Between Searle Pass and Kokomo Pass, the trail stays the high, alpine
meadow above tree line. In awhile the afternoon storm passes to reveal
the most crystal-blue sky. The scenery and the "into the hazy blue"
views are nothing short of breathtaking. Be sure and check the photo
album here. Pictures of what I'm describing will be up soon.
At Kokomo Pass, sheep are grazing, oh yes, on Sheep Mountain. When the
two sheep dogs that are herding them see me, they come running with
greetings, tails wagging. Sure glad they're friendly. Big dogs. I mean
BIG dogs! The larger of the two looks me pretty much straight in the
eye. Yup, sure glad they're friendly.
Today is mushroom/toadstool day. What an amazing variety along. The high
meadow wildflowers have pretty much bloomed themselves out, but with the
almost daily afternoon showers, the mushrooms have taken the place over.
By six, Peace Pipe overtakes me and we enjoy each other's company once
again as we descend Cataract Creek toward Eagle Park and our final
destination for the day, the ruins at old Camp Hale.
Near dusk we pitch, to get a fine cooking and warming fire going. It's
been a fine day, a mighty fine day. |
|
"I thank you God for this most amazing day, for the
leaping greenly spirits of trees,
and for the blue dream of sky and for everything which is natural, which
is infinite..."
[E.E. Cummings] |
|
Sunday--August 19, 2007
Trail Day--06
Trail Mile--16/1569
Location--Galena Lake
Before shouldering our packs and hitting the trail this morning,
Peace Pipe and I explore the ruins of old Camp Hale. Think we pretty
much figured the place out, what with the help of some pictures and a
description on a kiosk. Hale was a WWI military small arms
proving/training camp. The M-1 Garand Rifle was tested here, and
soldiers were trained in its use. Looks like there were at least 50
individual target/firing stations, with range distances perhaps up to or
exceeding 500 yards. Not much remains of the place now, some moldering
old ammo bunkers and crumbling concrete foundation pilings that
supported the many barracks; that's it.
On the climb to Tennessee Pass, Peace Pipe and I share much good
company. I learn of his work managing an upscale cigar store in Philly--and about the love of his life, Danielle. At the Tennessee Pass we
bid farewell, as Peace Pipe has planned on hitching into Leadville, as
the old Nomad treks on to Twin Lakes.
Near Tennessee Pass, both sides, folks are in the woods hunting for
mushrooms. Here I learn about the delicious Boletus mushroom from two
ladies, Judy and Karen. Both have shopping bags full.
There's bike traffic on the trail again today. Nice to see others out
for a change. Below Tennessee Pass I meet day hikers, Marti, Jon, and
John. They're all near my age, hiking the trail in sections--and
thinking about writing a book for "old folks" interested in doing the
Colorado Trail. Told them I'd be more than happy to serve as senior
consultant!
The trail passes near an old abandoned mine today, and I can't resist
giving a look. Don't know what may have been mined here, but the
hand-dug mineshaft is pretty impressive. Warning signs: "Keep Out" the
shaft. No trouble from the old Nomad! Later in the day the trail
passes the ruins of an old log cabin, complete with its rusty, homemade
barrel stove.
By four I'm entering the Holy Cross Wilderness, San Isabel National
Forest. Wilderness areas such as Holy Cross have either escaped or are
in the process of healing from the destructive ravages of man. Indeed,
there is evidence of man's previous presence here in Holy Cross, but
nature has magic-like and mysterious ways of recovering. Time, a medium
the wisest among us cannot understand, neither can they
comprehend. Time. Nature's secret--time!
Late afternoon, I find a pleasant spot (nearly level, few large rocks)
to pitch for the night. As the sun sets behind the mountain, comes the
chill of the evening. But now the welcome glow of my dear friend, the
evening cooking and warming fire draws me near--and warms me through.
Good miles today, kind folks, pleasant company. |
|
"The human spirit needs places where nature has not
been rearranged by the hand of man."
[Unknown] |
|
Monday--August 20, 2007
Trail Day--07
Trail Mile--15/1584
Location--Elbert Creek, base of Mount Elbert
I'm up, break camp, and am hiking by eight. In just a short time,
and while descending (when not descending, ascending is the rule!) I
meet northbound CDT hikers, Maze and Miles. Miles hiked the AT in '98
but our paths did not cross. They departed Cuba, New Mexico on June 20th
bound for the Wyoming/Montana border. Perhaps if the snow flies late up
there, they'll trek as far as Glacier this year. I pray for wide, safe
passage, and joy in your journey, dear new friends!
The trail today is well maintained, marked, bridges at most-near every
creek crossing, making for a most welcome change--dry feet.
Majestic, blue horizon views present before me now, down onto Turquoise
Lake, and from Sugarloaf Mountain does Mount Elbert loom, brushing the
heavens.
A little before one I put the Holy Cross Wilderness behind me to enter
The Mount Massive Wilderness. Soon I see my first pack Llamas, Lucky and
Lester. They're toting gargantuan packs for Jean and Chrystiane. They're
from Frazier, over by Berthoud Pass. They rent the animals each year to
take a hike along the Great Divide. Lucky smiles at me. Lester is
reclining, waiting, giving not a care. Jean, in his youth, climbed the
Colorado 14ers, all 54 of them!
Near my final destination for the day, the base of Mount Elbert, I meet
Rob, a member of the Colorado 14ers Initiative (CFI). He's just topped a
series of near straight-up switchbacks, lugging an enormous load. Fully
stuffed shopping bags dangle from his already huge, trailer-truck
backpack. Rob is doing stretching exercises as I approach. The grub he's
carrying is for members of his CFI crew working trail on Mount Massive,
one of the tallest of the Colorado 14ers. We share pleasant conversation
as Rob finishes stretching, thence (so it seems) to shake the ground as
he presses and shoulders his pack. Dang, Rob I didn't get your
picture. Oh well, you and I know that I'm not exaggerating, don't
we. Thanks, young man, and thanks to all those with whom you crew,
thanks for this trail!
I reach Elbert Creek in good order, to make camp, thence to set my
evening fire--and call it a day.
As I drift to sleep, comes the memory of that night below Mount
Katahdin, before that sky-high climb, and how looming and forbidding had
been its presence that day. Before me now, Mount Elbert stands well
above twice the height of Katahdin. Yet, for some unknown reason, and
though I'll be struggling there tomorrow (I know that being in the
presence of Nature's God--and prayer, have helped), I pass to slumber
at perfect peace. |
|
"I believe that there is a subtle magnetism in
Nature,
when, if we unconsciously yield to it, will direct us aright."
[Thoreau] |
|
Tuesday--August 21, 2007
Trail Day--08
Trail Mile--11/1595
Location--Nordic Lodge, Twin Lakes, Colorado
At 7:35 I begin the ascent of Mount Elbert from my base camp at
10,600 feet. The Northeast Ridge Trail, which I'm ascending, though
switchbacking, seems to go straight up. I struggle to 11,950 feet, reaching there by 8:50.
I thought I'd gotten out to an early start, but as I ascend, passing
others working their way up, I find that some had begun as early as
4:30.
Above, the views that open, to sweep the horizon from flank to
flank, are indescribable. I've never looked down on the earth from such
a vantage, save from the passenger seat of a jetliner. Yet I've climbed
here, my feet firmly planted the ground! At 9:30 I reach elevation
13,000 feet. The air has thinned noticeably, and everyone above and
below me is but creeping, stopping often to gulp for air. In awhile, I
catch up with another old chap, he too, a grandfather, struggling here
on the mountain this morning. No rush, no problem, Jeff and me. We
linger, chat--between long, forced, chest-expanded heavings. Jeff's
spent some time on the AT. Still at his job. Can't wait to retire and
hit the trail--like someone he's just met!
While we're resting here, waiting for a much-needed spurt of energy (and
a cease to the constant wheezing), thence to continue ever upward, let
me tell you a couple of interesting things about Mount Elbert--and my
desire to climb this mountain.
One amounts to no more than a bunch of statistics. The other, the least
bit emotional and heart-tugging.
First, it's a little known fact that here in Colorado there exist 54
mountains that stand above 14,000 feet. Less known is the fact that
Mount Elbert rises above them all, to stand at 14,431 feet. And I bet
you'd be surprised to find that there's just a single mountain in all
the lower 48 that stands higher than Mount Elbert. That mountain is
Mount Whitney in California, which rises a mere 64 feet above Mount
Elbert.
And the heart-tugging, emotional bit as to my relationship with Mount
Elbert? Well, let's climb on up now and I'll tell you the rest of the
story when we summit.
As we continue climbing, and just above, are more CFI crew, wearing hard
hats and wielding heavy picks. They run up this mountain every morning,
from their base camp down on the Colorado Trail. First I meet Kieran,
then Nicole and Joel, and Jake and Christina. I watch in amazement as
they dislodge a 300 pound boulder and drag it to the trail to add yet
another step to the hundreds of steps already in place. Thanks, young
gals and guys for your remarkable effort, for your good work. Amazing,
just amazing. We're up here struggling just to climb another foot, and
these kids are running around bustin' rock--amazing!
In awhile come up youngsters Keagan and Madison, and behind (then
passing me), their father, Patrick, and sister, Becca. I manage to watch
them scamper for awhile until they disappear behind a near-vertical
switchback.
At quarter-to-eleven, and collapsed by a rock cairn at 13,900 feet I
meet Ashley, a lovely young lady, tired and seemingly defeated. I stop
and drop my pack. Ashley raises her head--and we talk. I tell her
about how, in my many years, I've both triumphed over difficult
challenges--and how, many times, I have failed. As she listens, I
explain that in rising above the really tough obstacles, have there been
memories created that will remain in my conscience forever. And I
explain that by prevailing over these remaining (impossible) 531 feet,
will there be created within her such a like and everlasting memory, to
be held and cherished--forever.
We shoulder our packs together, Ashley and the old Nomad--and
we climb that 531 feet, to stand tall on the summit of Mount Elbert.
It's 11:33.
Many have reached the summit this day, a haze-free, blue-perfect day. As
I look around, comes the realization that I'm old enough to be father to
all, and grandfather to most that are up here today.
And the emotional connection to Mount Elbert? Well, my father's first
name was--Elbert. Ahh yes, this one's for you dad. Thanks for teaching
me your love for Nature and the great outdoors. Thanks!
The descent is down a different path, Mount Elbert Trail. It is both
long and arduous. I manage a couple of butt skids but make the downhill
to the approach trail in good order. On the alternate path to Twin Lakes
I meet Charlie, owner and innkeeper at Nordic Lodge. Charlie's out running
trail, his passion. Upon reaching the lodge, I rest, and Charlie returns
from the trail to check me in.
What an amazing day. I'm tired, but happy and content. |
|
"God writes the Gospel not in the Bible alone,
but on trees and flowers and clouds and stars."
[Martin Luther] |
|
Wednesday--August 22, 2007
Trail Day--09
Trail Mile--00/1595
Location--Nordic Lodge, Twin Lakes, Colorado
This will be a zero-mile day as I rest, keep my legs up, and work
journal entries here at the rustic old Nordic Lodge. The 9,500+ vertical
feet of ascent and descent yesterday knocked the starch clean out of
me. I've never in my life spent such a continuous/extended period of
time climbing without interruption. Ditto for down. I struggled for over
nine hours on Mount Elbert yesterday, much of it above tree line at
12,000 feet. Oh, I'm very pleased with the success of my climb, but at
the same time, I'm also very relieved to have that mountain behind me.
There'll surely be plenty more peaks ahead, both steep and tall, as the
old Nomad ventures the "hazy blue" on down this trail. I'm stiff
and sore--you bet, but doubling up on my coated aspirin (to
1950mg/day) is helping. I know now, though I'm older than when forced
down from these mountains two years ago, that I've got this hike in me. |
|
There is no land discovered,
That can't be found anew.
So journey on intrepid,
Into the hazy blue.
And as you seek your fortune,
And near your lifelong quest,
There'll still be countless peaks to climb,
Before your final rest.
[N. Nomad] |
|
Thursday--August 23, 2007
Trail Day--10
Trail Mile--10/1605
Location--Clear Creek, South of Winfield
Sometimes I just can't seem to get going. Twin Lakes and Nordic Lodge--neat little community, kind folks. So, no problem lingering here a bit
longer. Thanks, Charlie (and Maddy) for your kindness and generosity.
At the general store, I meet south-bounders, John and Dawn. They're
picking up a few supplies before returning to the trail. I'm finally out
and moving a little after twelve.
I'd like to keep my feet dry for just a little while, so I stay the
highway out of Twin Lakes an extra mile to the pedestrian bridge, to
avoid fording Lake Creek. Where this round-about-trail merges back with
the one coming up from the ford, and just as I reach the junction, comes
John and Dawn. What a treat having folks to hike with. We spend the
afternoon together, exploring old cabins, a (zero population, but not
abandoned) silver mining town (Winfield), and climbing, climbing,
climbing. At the pass above Little Willis Gulch, we take our last look
back down at Twin Lakes, perfectly set against Mount Elbert.
These young folks aren't used to my pace (slow), but they have no
problem shifting down. Spending time, hiking along together--through
these high mountains of the Gunnison now, and on their flanks, the lush
green from where rejoiceful mountain streams cascade, all have combined
to make for a very enjoyable day.
In the evening, as the trail continues wending its way, we find a cool,
clear little mountain brook beneath the pine to pitch for the night. A
bright, cheerful cooking/warming fire caps an already perfect day. |
|
"And this, our life, exempt from public haunt,
finds tongues in trees,
books in the running brooks, sermons in stones, and good in everything."
[Shakespeare] |
|
Friday--August 24, 2007
Trail Day--11
Trail Mile--21/1626
Location--Sanford Creek
It's rained off and on during the night, but this morning it seems
more as if a dream. Isn't it wonderful when you're just tired enough
(but not too tired) to sleep peacefully? In the bosom of Nature, with
her fresh scents, serenading sounds, and such perfect blending of
brightness and color--when one is in accord with such, then restful,
contented sleep is the "natural" order!
John and Dawn are up and ready to hit the trail a little before eight. I
urge them to hike on ahead, as my slow pace, especially above tree line
(and there'll be plenty of that today) would certainly delay their
progress. Before they depart we make plans to meet again Sunday evening
in Salida, after hitching down from Monarch Pass.
This morning I'm hiking in the Collegiate Wilderness, San Isabel
National Forest. Here stand the mountains that are named The Three
Apostles. I'm able to get a stunning picture of one of them, as the day
turns again to (what continues to be) blue-perfect weather, the tufted
pure, white cirrus clouds adding just the right bit of contrast to the
blue backdrop sky--behind the Apostle.
It's a rock solid (no pun intended) climb from Lake Ann to Cottonwood
Pass. I've come to appreciate that once a climb like this begins, it
most always turns to a steady, uninterrupted 4x4 low-range-geared climb
that's near, or in excess of, 2,000 feet--all the way to the top. Yup,
shift 'er down and grind 'er out old man! During the ascent I pause to
look up many times. While into the climb, and now above Lake Ann, I see
a faint outline of two figures standing in the notch that is Cottonwood
Pass. I wave; my salute immediately returned by John and Dawn. Then,
beyond Cottonwood, they quickly disappear and are gone. I struggle for
nearly an hour, huffing and wheezing, before I'm standing in Cottonwood
Pass.
From here is a glorious vantage out and across the Collegiate Range (and
Wilderness, Huron Peak, one of Colorado's 54 14ers). And in the distance--the Sawatches.
Descending Cottonwood Pass, the trail soon intersects the Timberline
Trail. This is a multi-use trail shared by hikers, equestrians, and
dirt-bikers. Not long, I meet some fellows pulled up at a junction,
their dirt bikes leaning or lying about, all trying to figure
direction. Here I meet Kevin, and his twin sons, Tom and Brian, and
their friends, Tyler and Tyler. We have much fun talking dirt (a time
honored tradition otherwise known as "bench racing"). What memories
return as I reminisce those many years I raced dirt bikes, and helped an
organization called the Florida Trail Riders get their start. FTR is now
the largest race sanctioning body for off-road motorcycle events in
Florida. We finally get the trail figured out; they crank, and in a
moment, are gone.
My feet are still dry; nice, really nice for a change. So I push my luck
by hiking out of my way, two miles on down, to cross the pedestrian
bridge across Texas Creek. The detour pays off, for, as the day turns
there's only six or eight rock-hoppers to cross, all streams with
perfectly placed stones for steps. Ah, dry feet, what a luxury. Sure, I
can hike along just fine with wet feet--but why!
Near dusk, I find a delightful spot to pitch for the night. Plenty of
crystal clear mountain water, along with freeze-dried lodgepole blowdowns for firewood! Yup, mighty fine day--spent with Ma Nature
and Father Time. |
|
"...There is no meter and there is no rhyme,
Yet God's poems always read in perfect time."
[Astrid Alauda] |
|
Saturday--August 25, 2007
Trail Day--12
Trail Mile--24/1650
Location--Middle Fork South Arkansas River
I'm up and out to the Timberline Trail by seven. My little REI pack
thermometer reads 38 degrees. Oh yes, got my long sleeves, fleece, and
mittens on this morning. Hard to believe, eh?
In a short while comes up the trail, Just Mike, old leather
slouch hat, pack akimbo, broad, contagious smile. He's trekking north on
the CDT, with less than 200 miles to finish his journey along the Great
Divide. Upon completion, Just Mike will add his name to that
short list--to become a triple-crown member, having hiked the three
major national scenic trails, the Appalachian, the Pacific Crest, and
the Continental Divide. Congrats, Just Mike! Dang, didn't get his
picture.
As I continue on toward Mirror Lake I meet Dave and Randy resting by
their quad-track. It's bow season for elk and deer now, and they're up
here on the open high ground scouting the area.
Lots of motorized traffic by Mirror Lake, being Saturday--dirt bikes,
four-wheelers, 4WDs, even pickup trucks. Gotta watch my front and rear
as I climb toward Tin Cup Pass, another steady up, bringing constant
huffing and wheezing. The crusher finally tops out at 12,150 feet.
Below Tin Cup Pass, and as I climb once more toward Tunnel Lake, comes
down two fellows hard-breaking a big-wheel cart loaded with--elk! My
puzzled expression gets them stopped. Here I meet Joe and Paul. Joe shot
the elk with his bow and arrow. The meat's dressed and neatly wrapped,
very tidy, all four quarters and the back strap. They're also hauling
the head, as it must be tested for some sort of wasting disease common
to elk.
A little further along the Timberline Trail I meet Paul and his dad
(dang, why can't I remember his father's name? Sorry, pop!). They're
out for deer with quivers of arrows bobbing up and down, strapped to the
handlebars of their quad-track. Mostly, I think they're just having a
grand time enjoying the ride--and the day. Great photos; be sure and
check the Twin Lakes Album section soon.
Toward evening, and after traversing a quite lovely above timberline
segment, and while descending toward the east portal of the old Alpine
Railroad Tunnel, I meet Sean, owner of Absolute Bikes in Salida, and his
high school buddy, Rich. They're up for an evening ride across the
delightful, lakes-around section I've just described.
Once on the old rail grade, the hike downhill turns to a cruise, all the
way to the old ghost town of Hancock, where it turns abruptly to climb
once again, up Chalk Creek, to Chalk Creek Pass.
So, after climbing most the day, this trail ends up kicking my tired old
rear end. Oh, but does it seem to take such a long time to top Chalk
Creek Pass. I reach there with no time to spare, as the sun leaves the
mountain and dusk descends. Gotta get down below tree line before
dark. Camping above timberline is a definite no-no. Anyway, there's not
a single thing up here to build the least fire. I hurry down as fast as
I can without bustin' it. Luck's with me, for just at last light comes
this fine brook. And just off the trail below, old blowdowns, and a
relatively flat place to pitch for the night.
A 24-mile day, with elevation changes in excess of 6,000 feet.
The cooking/warming fire is most inviting--but not for long. |
|
"Nature is man's teacher. She unfolds her treasures
to his search,
unseals his eye, illumes his mind, and purifies his heart;
an influence breathes from all the sights and sounds of her existence."
[Alfred Billings Street] |
|
Sunday--August 26
Trail Day--13
Trail Mile--11/1661
Location--Monarch Pass, thence to Salida
Another very chilly morning; temperature again, 38 degrees. Luckily,
I'm able to break camp and get moving without my fingers turning to
their usual twigs.
Descending the Middle Fork South Arkansas River now, and not long after
being alerted to the sight and smell of wood smoke, do I reach a woods
road, hunter's cabins beside. Being bow season, there's plenty of
activity, at least there must have been earlier this morning. Seems all
about hastened away to the mountainside, the last ones leaving the cabin
doors fully ajar.
Again, as yesterday evening, the trail turns abruptly to climb towards
Boss and Hunt Lakes, held high beside Bald and Banana Mountains. Around
the flanks of Bald, the trail climbs up past what appears a permanent
cornice, following steep switchbacks to the Divide, finally topping out
at 12,600 feet.
Another short climb along the Divide, here by the sheer side of Bald
Mountain (at 12, 800 feet), can be seen Monarch Pass, US50, clear down
the mountain to Salida.
Again, the day turns picture-perfect; cool, with just the least
breeze. And picture time it is, with huge, artistic rock cairns marking
the trail that follows beside rugged, boulder-strewn rockslides. And
along, the most delicate alpine children, silken grasses, sedges, and
the most delightfully colored wildflowers. It's a light-footed scamper
now, wind dancing through my hair, as I pass along the rooftop of
America. Here is an uninterrupted trail for the better part of five
miles, along the Great Divide, clean down to Monarch Pass.
I reach the Pass by three, to treat myself to an ice cold Gatorade at Monarch Crest gift shop. A friendly fellow takes a moment to snap my picture beside the
Monarch Pass sign.
Thumb out now, rain threatening, comes Le, a mountain biker/hiker to
load me, thence to haul me directly to the Budget Lodge, closest to old
downtown Salida.
It's good to be in town again. A warm bath, a hot meal. What a way to
end this most memorable day.
In the morning I hope to reach John and Dawn, to enjoy their friendly
company once again. |
|
"Forget not that the earth delights
to feel your bare feet and the winds long to play with your hair."
[Kahlil Gibrand] |
|
Monday--August 27, 2007
Trail Day--14
Trail Mile--00/1661
Location--Budget Lodge, Salida
This will be another zero-mile day. There'll be more, as my timing
for getting through the San Juans before the snow flies is just spot on.
An email from John and Dawn awaits me this morning, and being the least
concerned they'd get up and out on the town early, I called them at
6:45. They weren't out and about quite yet. Actually, they weren't even
awake yet. That is, until I called them!
Oh well, no frowns, just two shiny-faced smiles to greet me as we meet
again, in the Salida Post Office. All have mail drops here. I hit the
jackpot, but not till after suffering agonizing moments--as I send the
clerk back to the mailroom a second time to search for my
packages. Finally, she emerges with a shopping cart loaded with
boxes. Yippee! "Guess I overlooked these," says the clerk, with just the
least blush and sheepish grin.
My better Mariposa pack from Gossamer Gear, my bounce box with assorted
"stuff," including better shoes, a package from Dwinda with guide books
for Southern Colorado and New Mexico by Jim Wolf, and my camera memory
card from Webmaster, Linda. Oh, and the most moving and loving card from
Dwinda--yup, hit the jackpot for sure.
Dawn unboxed a brand new pair of runners, beautiful, sleek,
ultra-lightweight. John is rummaging around in his box. Don't know what
he was unloading. A fun time!
Old downtown Salida is neat, clean, and well maintained. John and Dawn
have bikes rented from Sean at Absolute Bikes, and they've pretty much
toured the whole place, from Wal-Mart by the far outskirts, to the core
district here. We settle for an old converted gas station for breakfast
(complete with operating service bay doors). Lots of fun again "bench
hiking." I stop by to see Sean at his shop. His is a thriving
business. Great folks; impressive inventory--and a fine
repair/modification shop. Sean takes a moment from one of his
enthusiastic mountain-biking customers to come to the front entrance for
a shot. He'd invited me to stop by his place when we'd met up on the
mountain yesterday, and he's genuinely pleased to see that I've made it
down to Salida. All good success with Absolute Bikes, Sean! Check the
pics out in a week or two.
A trip to the library for a quick look at Cywiz's (my Webmaster
Linda's trail name) good work on our Website, a stop by Safeway for five
days supplies, then to take some pictures of downtown Salida and the
colorful homes along 4th Street. Then it's back to the motel--feet up
for journal writing time.
In the evening I head to the local mom-n-pop for fried chicken, the
works.
We'll all be hitching back to Monarch Pass in the morning, but not
before sharing more fun time, breakfast together. |
|
"I can enjoy society in a room; but out of doors,
Nature is company enough for me."
[William Hazlitt] |
|
Tuesday--August 28, 2007
Trail Day--15
Trail Mile--15/1676
Location--Below Triple Divide Peak (A mile before Windy Peak)
Salida, as it turned out, proved a fine trail town. A bit strung out but
not really a problem. From the motel out on US50, to downtown (with post
office, library, restaurants, and a Safeway), it was a walk of only ten
blocks.
John and Dawn come by at 7:30 and treat me to breakfast before hitching
back up to Monarch Pass. We speak of the good chance of seeing each
other on down the trail, toward the finish at the Mexican border. Better
to think we'll get together again as it does soften the farewell a bit.
After a final trip downtown to the post office, I'm able to hitch a ride
out to Wal-Mart where I pick up another camera memory card. From here
it's a hitch on up to Monarch Pass. Luck has it that Mike Weaver,
wheelin' his Peterbilt, hauls 'er down and offers a ride. I climb up and
in. Fun time talking with Mike. I'm on the trail by one, climbing
Monarch Ridge toward the Divide. The trail remains on or near the Divide
most of the day--at elevations above 11,000 feet. Where the trail drops
to the Atlantic side of the Divide, I'm still in the San Isabel National
Forest, on the Pacific side, the Gunnison.
It begins clouding up right away, local afternoon clutter. Rain curtains
are draping across the Divide ahead at Antora Peak. The sky stays patchy
all afternoon and I'm trekking along in rain off and on, especially past
Marshall Pass.
I finally give it up during a break in the rain to pitch under the
spruce by the last flat spot below Triple Divide Peak.
The rest in Salida has been most beneficial. The swelling in my right
leg has gone down and my wind is kicking in much better on the steep
ascents above 11,000 feet. No cooking/warming fire tonight.
There is rich Ute Indian history along this section today. (Chief) Ouray
and Chipeta (White Singing Bird), Ouray's wife, are predominant
mountains. Of them, and over a century ago, writer Ernest Ingersall
noted:
"We are only a few hundred feet from the topmost timber, yet the bald
white summit [Ouray] rears its head to almost unmeasured heights above,
and claims our admiration by its simple majesty." |
|
Wednesday--August 29, 2007
Trail Day--16
Trail Mile--19/1695
Location--Below Middle Baldy
After pitching last, the storm appeared to move on south to about
where I figured John and Dawn would be. Sure enough, this morning I see
their (fresh) tracks along the trail.
It's a cool, cloud-free morning as I descend Triple Divide Peak (the
waters of the Arkansas, the Colorado [Gunnison], and the Rio Grande are
divided here).
Not long, I see my first sage grouse (called blue grouse here). It's
walking along the trail beside me, showing not a care. It gives a look
my way, over its shoulder moment to moment to keep an eye on me, and
just keeps tripping along. Watching the bird and paying no attention to
my wandering, do I flush two more grouse right from under my
feet. Trying to regain some composure, another one rises directly
beside. Okay, I'm certainly awake now!
Where the Colorado Trail and the Continental Divide National Scenic
Trail share the same path, the tread is well maintained, and there's
great signage at all the intersections. To make navigating along even
easier, I've finally broke down (cheap, cheap, cheap) and purchased Jim
Wolfe's fine trail guides. Many of the folks I hiked with during '05
were using his guides and all highly recommended them. So, I'm finally
up to speed. Shouldn't be getting confused/lost nearly as often
now--Thanks, Jim! And thank you, Jonathan, I'm still greatly relying on
your fine trail maps--and my GPS.
I'm entering the Cochetopa Hills proper now, lower (just below 11,000
feet), rolling and rocky treadway. It's trip and stumble time, seems,
for the remainder of the day. Adding to the problem is my pack
weight. I'm carrying five days (now four) of food to get to Spring Creek
Pass (Lake City), some 96 miles by trail from Monarch. So I'm lugging
around 20 pounds. Hey, not whining; my dandy little Mariposa pack
provided me by Gossamer Gear (Glen Van Peski) is haulin' the load just
fine.
The sky darks over again by afternoon, bringing cold rain and finally
hail. Hammers me good. Took a picture of a pile of it beside the
trail. More slipping and sliding, through the rocks, roots, mud--and
ice.
I finally give it up at seven, by a little trickle coming off the
Divide. I find a flat spot above and pitch my tent. For the next half
hour, and until nearly dark, I nurse the most cantankerous fire I've
ever tried to build. I get it halfway going and it suddenly goes all but
out--halfway going again, out--over and over; same deal. Sure, the
forest is wet, the tinder is wet, and the ground is wet. But hey, I'm a
fire builder, don't ya know! Finally get the wise idea to open a box of
my Uncle Bens, dump the rice in my saucepan, and use the cardboard for
fire starter. Even open the seasoning pack, dump the powder on the rice
and add the paper to the cardboard. Yup, we're firin' up great now. But
hold on--as I'm breaking small sticks over my knee to help the blaze
along, it happens. I lose my balance, step back to regain--and hit the
saucepan with my left heel. Oh yes, up flies the pan, straight up,
flipping and turning--and up flies the rice and the seasoning powder,
all over me, head to toe. Most of the rice lands in my left shoe. Yup,
the fire goes out again. It's dark now, so I go for my little
Micro-light, used it for the entire '06 L&C return trek. It's decided to
quit. Looks like cheese sandwiches tonight--if I can find my bread and
cheese in the dark. Mutter, mutter, mutter. Hey, know what? Onion powder
makes a pretty good deodorant. Shoes smell, well, different! Ah, I
think this is the cheese, feels like the cheese. Now where's the bread? |
|
"If it weren't for bad luck
I'd have no luck at all.
Gloom, despair, and agony on me-e-e!"
[Cast of Hee Haw] |
|
Thursday--August 30, 2007
Trail Day--17
Trail Mile--23/1718
Location--Near Texas Creek (FS787.2A)
Away from the Divide, the landscape is beginning to look more and
more like the southwest, desert-like, with mesas, cattle, and miles and
miles of open range. Pass a solar well, a fenced spring, and even hike
through some sage for the first time today. Cochetopa Hills are behind
me now. No regrets.
Early in the day the trail follows the Divide, between the Rio Grande
National Forest to the east and the Gunnison to the west. In the
afternoon, through the bristlecone pine and aspen, the trail drops from
the Divide. Shortly comes trail magic, twice! First, bear-proof
canisters in the cold creek waters by CO114. Pop, oranges, chocolate,
and homemade cookies, compliments of Mom and Dad, friends
of John and Dawn. Then in a short while, two coolers loaded with cold
pop, compliments of Burnt Foot.
Later in the afternoon I meet northbound CD hiker, Shera, headed
for Denver.
By seven, I decide to load up on water at Texas Creek, then to hike a
very short distance before finding the perfect spot (dry and flat) under
the pine where I pitch for the evening. Have a cooking/warming fire
going in no time. A great 23-mile day. No afternoon thunder busters for
a change! |
|
"What makes the desert beautiful is that somewhere
it hides a well."
[Antoine de Saint-Exupery] |
|
Friday--August 31, 2007
Trail Day--18
Trail Mile--27/1745
Location--Below San Luis Pass
I'm up and moving early, before seven. Unusual for me. More
roads--FS597, then FS597.1A. This last road leads to the trail at the
lower end of Cochetopa Creek Canyon. A fine morning as I head up. The
climb is gentle at first but as the morning wears on the trail becomes
steeper. Just before noon, and a short distance below the Eddyville
Trailhead, I enter the La Garita Wilderness. As I continue up Cochetopa
Creek there's evidence of beaver everywhere. Dams, lodges, skids, tree
stumps, and the hacked remains of bushes, all with that familiar
stockade-pointed cut.
With each passing hour, and as the canyon continues trending and curving
an arc, I finally get my first glimpse at San Luis Peak, one of the
taller of the 54 Colorado 14ers.
Turning from road to trail this morning, and at that point, Cochetopa
Creek was a formidable stream, with thousands of gallons of water
flowing per minute. But here, finally, at the upper reaches, crossing
the little brook involves no more than an easy rock-hop.
The climb, which began hours ago below 10,000 feet, turns nearly
straight up now, as I struggle to gain the shoulder below San Luis Peak,
altitude 12,600 feet, a continuous climb of nearly 3,000 feet.
Climbing just below the mountain spur comes the predictable afternoon
clutter, hovering above, bringing the usual spatter of large
raindrops. Before reaching the spur, I stop to don my poncho. Climbing
on, the rain intensifies, with hail intermixing. The sky above has
turned totally black now and the storm is becoming very angry, bringing
much wind-driven rain and hail, and cloud-to-cloud lightning, producing
that unmistakable smell of ozone. What seemed to start as the usual
short afternoon squall has turned to a much more intense and strong
storm--and it's directly above me.
Beyond the mountain arm the trail stays high, totally exposed against
the sheer rock as it side-slabs around a huge, open amphitheatre guarded
above by grotesque volcanic sculpts. What little vegetation there is up
here stands only inches high. The jumble of rock, mostly talus and scree, offers no cover. As I push against the wind, comes a literal
blast of ice, hail driven like pellets from a shotgun. My head,
shoulders, and arms are pelted with painful force.
Comes pure hail now, no rain. The noise is deafening as the wind drives
the ice against the rock and across the trail before me. This great
storm continues for a very long time, long enough for me to start
feeling the early stages of hypothermia.
As I struggle along, yet again come sheets of driving rain,
gully-washing and piling up the ice, creating a treadway covered with
flowing white. Oh, if only I'd taken time earlier to open my pack and
retrieve my mittens and fleece. Too late now. Can't stop.
I'm having trouble gripping my trekking poles. My fingers are like so
many useless sticks. Thrusting my poles under my arm I manage to get my
hands inside my poncho and under my armpits. I continue stumbling and
skidding along the ice-choked trail.
Finally, mercifully, the trail descends toward tree line--and cover. The
hail stops and the wind and rain slacken the least bit. In the tall,
canopied forest I find cover enough to remove my poncho and drop my
pack. A spot just large enough for my tent miraculously appears. I
fumble with my pitifully useless hands, such a frustrating and slow
ordeal. Before my tent is set the rain comes again, down through the
canopy, drenching my tent and pack. I work with haste, pure
determination, trying not to panic. The tent finally up; in go my
pack--and me. Thank you, Lord!
Out of the storm now, and with the tent interior quickly warming, I'm
able to get my hands working well enough to mop water with my mittens
and fleece, then to change into relatively dry clothes. Somehow, I know
not how, my sleeping bag has remained dry. In another moment my sleeping
pad is inflated and I'm in my dry, warm bag. This day's done; I'm
done--my camp here above 12,000 feet.
Can't believe it, with all this trouble, I've still managed a 27-mile
day. |
|
"Toward the light in search of peace
This calling I'll blunder thru
'till all the pulses within me cease
Adrift in the hazy blue."
[Robert W. Service] |
|
Saturday--September 1, 2007
Trail Day--19
Trail Mile--14/1759
Location--CO149, Spring Creek Pass, thence to Lake City
The cold of the night not so severe, the storm retreating, I'm able
to rest in such comfort that could only have been hoped and prayed for,
yet never expected.
The morning dawns to a perfect clear-calm. Solid blue above, not a cloud
wisp, neither a single bough swaying. Total stillness; absolute
silence. Such strange contrast to the brutal fury of
yesterday. Nature! Does she not constantly wave such a fickle and
mysteriously unpredictable wand? Here in the wilderness we are ever at
her mercy, (and do we not choose to be) her subjects, drawn to the
gentle warmth of her bosom--yet so soon to become discards, victims of
her unbridled wrath.
Time for contemplation, and time for a grateful moment of prayer to
Nature's God, to the Almighty above.
A very slow, methodic process, getting out and moving. Wet pants, wet
shirt, wet socks and shoes--wet everything I put on. My legs, arms, and
back are mechanical, stiff and sore, victims of the harsh, cold storm of
last. "Double your coated aspirin;" I murmur, "That'll work." as I try
convincing myself to suck it up and get moving.
Got my sights set on town today, but between here and there comes the
least business of climbing, over 2,000 feet of elevation change, from
here on the flanks of San Luis, to Spring Creek Pass.
I manage to get going with relative ease, considering, and am striding
along quite well in no time. Thank you, Lord, for the stamina, for the
resilience, for the determination and resolve. Your blessings, so
lavished upon me, they're priceless gifts, that through your grace and
love I might provide inspiration to others, to rise, get off their duffs
and get out and moving--it truly is a blessing. Thank you, Lord, thank
you!
Company along the trail today. First, James Robert Harris from New York
City. He's out here hiking the Colorado Trail. I catch him--and his 50#
pack. We have a fine chat. "Been to Patagonia, the Andes, all over the
world." he remarks. "I'm well over 60 now; gotta keep movin'." Ah, yes,
James, we all gotta keep movin'! I get his picture. He takes mine.
Great meetin' ya, old fellow!
Descending to Snow Mesa I see a dot on the trail far below. In awhile I
catch up with Mike (also from New York)--and his 50# pack! Mike has
stopped to filter some water by the outfall from the little tarn here on
the mesa. We exchange wishes for respective safe and joyful journeys,
and I'm off and trekking again.
After bailing off the mesa, and by four I'm standing on the shoulder of
CO149, my thumb out waiting--and waiting, and waiting. No traffic,
either direction. Not good. Two or three vehicles every fifteen minutes
or so, more motorcycles than cars and trucks. Not good, not good at all.
After an hour of this futility, I turn and start looking for Mike to
drop off the mountain. At five--hey, here comes Mike! He'd told me
earlier that Spring Creek Pass (CO149) was his final destination, so I
have my hopes up that Mike might be just a bit smarter than me, that
he'd have wheels waiting over at the trailhead.
As we greet again, and as I lament my dismay with failing to get a ride
during the past hour, Mike says: "That red car over there, that's mine;
let's go!" Oh yes, Mike, I'm with you!
Mike is out here in Colorado hiking sections of the CT. He came out last
year too. Liked the experience so much, he's returned again. Managed to
get a taxi to follow him clean up here from Creede so he'd have a
vehicle (rental) to get himself back down off the mountain. "I'm
actually going back to Creede, but I'll run you down to Lake City." says
Mike with a smile. What luck! Thank you, Mike--thank you, Lord! Save
for Mike, I'd probably still be standing to this day--thumb out, in
Spring Creek Pass.
Mike drops me off in front of Sportsman Outdoors, "downtown" Lake
City. I thank him, ask him to sign my guestbook when he returns to New
York, and he'd gone.
In Sportsman I meet Andy. Ask him about a motel, a place with good grub,
where's the post office, library, the usual questions. Andy just stands
there, big frown on his face the whole time. "You're not going to find a
room in this town, not tonight, not this weekend." says Andy
apologetically. "What's going on?" I ask. "It's Labor Day Weekend--don't
you know it's Labor Day Weekend? This is our busiest weekend of the
year!" exclaims Andy, again with a "give-me-a-break" frown. "Here," he
says, "I'll make a couple of calls for you, but I tell ya, you're not
going to find a room in this town tonight." First call, strike
one. Second call, strike two. Third call (Andy into the receiver), "Na,
the guy's a hiker; he doesn't smoke." His hand over the phone now, "You
don't smoke, do you?" whispers Andy. Bingo! Big smile, both of us! "Come
on, I'll run you down, their last room; they'll hold it a minute--better
get there before they rent it out to someone else." says Andy, as we
head out the door.
In a moment we're in front of the Silver Spur Motel. As I thank him and
open the door to get out, "We offer shuttle service back to the pass if
you need a ride--and you're welcome." says Andy. Yup, I'll sure take the
shuttle! Thanks, Andy. What a kind and friendly introduction to Lake
City!
The Silver Spur reception desk is bustling. "No rooms, no; we're full
up." John on the phone. From the door, John's wife, Venice: "Tell those
folks we're full, no rooms."
Holy moly, what a deal. I've been blissfully bouncing along the Divide,
not a care to my name one minute, then the next, the carnival that's
Labor Day, Lake City. What an amazing stroke of good fortune; I'm in! |
|
"I believe in God only I spell it 'Nature'."
[Frank Lloyd Wright] |
|
Sunday-Monday--September 2-3, 2007
Trail Day--20-21
Trail Mile--00-00/1759
Location--Silver Spur Motel, Lake City
Another day of rest has proven most welcome. Been able to keep my
feet up, and have received inspiration to write. Anyway, it's been
raining steady most of the day.
I'm warm, dry, and my tummy's full. Oh happy day! I'll hike
again--tomorrow. |
|
"I can choose to be happy now
or I can try to be happy when... or if..."
[Spencer Johnson] |
|
Tuesday--September 4, 2007
Trail Day--22
Trail Mile--14/1773
Location--La Garita Stock Driveway, past Coney Peak, Continental
Divide, camp elevation 12,843 feet
Lake City turned out to be a fine trail town. Busted my budget,
though. My own fault. Forgot it was Labor Day weekend. Lucky to get a
room at any price--then had to lay over the extra day (no problem)
because the post office was closed Monday.
When I hit town Saturday, Mike dropped me off right in front of
Sportsman Outdoors. There I met Andy, the manager. He suggested I take
advantage of their shuttle service back up to Spring Creek Pass. Oh yes!
So, this morning Zack from Sportsman hauls me. Great conversation on the
way. Zack is a trout-fishing guide for Sportsman. He's working on his
degree in Anthropology. Turns out he attended Mizzou in Columbia, so
he's familiar with Lake of the Ozarks, my stomping grounds. Thanks for
the lift Zack!
I'm back on the trail a little before noon, climbing as usual, and in
the hail (one more time). Same old afternoon thunder buster clutter, but
today's version is stubborn as it hangs around most the afternoon. Have
my poncho on and off four or five times. Meet some folks on the trail
for a change, Cathy and Larry, day hikers from Minnesota. Cathy can't
believe I could have what I need in my meager little pack.
I'm entering the San Juan Mountains now. Friends have told me much about
the San Juans, so I'm looking with much anticipation to seeing this
section of the Rockies for myself. I get my first glimpse at their lofty
and rugged presence from Jarosa Mesa at 12,000 feet. From here can be
seen Rio Grande Pyramid. Before me, the San Juans, and dancing on the
horizon, the Grenadier Range. Looking back, Snow Mesa can be easily
seen.
Ever look down on a rainbow? A quite interesting sight, created by the
here-and-gone and here again afternoon storm. The San Juans are going to
be all I'd hoped for, untouched expanse, pure wilderness not marred by
power line cuts, highway ribbons, and all the other countless
"improvements" man can make to help Nature.
In the evening, I'm hoping for a relatively dry spot under the spruce
canopy, to have my little fire, but above tree line at near 13,000
feet, there is no canopy! Cold supper tonight. |
|
"In wilderness I sense the miracle of life,
and behind it our scientific accomplishments fade to trivia."
[Charles Lindberg] |
|
Wednesday--September 5, 2007
Trail Day--23
Trail Mile--22/1795
Location--Above Weminuche Trailhead, Bear Creek, Weminuche Wilderness
A cold night at such heavenly heights; 38 degrees. Though it rained
hard (I know not how long) I made myself comfortable and slept very
well--on my Therm-a-Rest pad, in my Feathered Friends bag and little
Nomad tent.
Looking down this morning (almost everything to look at this morning is
down) I see that unusual natural phenomenon I've talked about in both my
books; a perfectly flat cloud-sea below me. It is a marvelous sight to
behold. One's imagination can literally run wild, as islands form,
harbors appear--and tall ships can be easily visualized. The white
cloud-sea here is not as brilliant or as expansive as the one seen on
that crisp, clear early morning above Parc de la Gaspésie, but it is
none-the-less baffling and remarkable.
Below Coney Peak, the CDT rises to its loftiest height in southern
Colorado, 13,334 feet, and it's turning a blue-perfect day from horizon
to horizon, unobstructed views; spectacular. So clear, seems that beyond
the blue fringes, there's a door that could never be a door, yet there
does it appear--to open.
In awhile the trail bails off to Carson Saddle. Here molders the remains
of an old silver mine, circa 1880. The prospect was staked out by Chris
Carson, son of the legendary Kit Carson. All that remain are caved in
shafts, holes in the ground surrounded by tan colored tailing piles,
rusting steam-driven mine equipment--and a pall so physically pressing
and mentally depressing that it overwhelms. Something terrible and sad,
as to create an everlasting ethereal grieving, happened here a long,
long time ago. Nothing to do with wealth or fortunes lost, some other
terrible tragedy. Even in the bright, warm sun of this day, indeed in
all the midnight suns of yesterday, would there not be warmth or
brightness enough to drive the shadows from this hell of a place. As I
depart do I glance many times back, trying to puzzle some sense out of
what to this day continues on... |
|
"There are strange things done in the midnight sun
By the men who moil for gold..."
[Robert W. Service] |
|
Men moil for silver too, I suppose. And so, I'll
just leave it at that.
As I climb back up to the Divide from Carson Saddle, are there strange,
eerie-looking shapes running the ridges above me, as if clutching toward
the heavens. Folks about have affectionately named these forms Hoo Doos. Sure
spooky looking. Seems they're all looking at me, until I quickly look to
confront them--then they immediately turn to cold, inanimate stone. Yup,
spooky.
I've made a decision to follow the Colorado trail for a ways today, down
and around to Beartown (no town, no ghostly haunts, just the name
remains). The CDT climbs up and all around Canby, nothing very
on-the-ground tread-wise or very official about the trail there. So I
make the decision to bypass Canby, to follow along FS roads a good
bit. Right choice as I get to meet and talk to a couple of cowboys
placing salt blocks, to see a high country hunting camp (complete with
privy), and to meet a northbound Colorado Trail thru-hiker; dang, forget
his name.
Late evening now, I enter the Weminuche Wilderness to pitch on a
coin-sized flat spot under the spruce. The rain soon comes and continues
off and on all night. |
|
Thursday--September 6, 2007
Trail Day--24
Trail Mile--18/1813
Location--Below Rio Grande Pyramid (and The Window), Weminuche
Wilderness
My camp, last, marked the furthest west I'll venture during this
journey. The Divide turns back east now, before finally heading south
for good near Sawtooth Mountain.
The morning begins iffy weather-wise, cloudy, windy, and cold. Not long,
the day clears nicely, making for fine hiking.
The trail crosses the Divide a number of times today, first thing this
morning at Hunchback Pass, a climb of nearly a thousand feet. Then it's
bail-off and right back up to Nebo Pass.
A number of lovely high-held lakes today, West Ute, Middle Ute, Twin and
Ute Lakes. They make for some stunning pictures.
The treadway here in the Weminuche Wilderness has been (and continues
to be) brutal--heavenly sights above, pure hell below. Trails that
receive heavy use, as does this CDT through the Wilderness, get eroded
down to rock. Some places the tread is a pure gully, up to three feet
deep, littered in the narrow vee-bottom with loose
baseball-to-basketball-size rocks. Grueling. Slow and methodical is the
only way through, lest I bust it.
After all these days, from way back on Snow Mesa where I first
photographed Rio Grande Pyramid, I am finally standing on its flank. An
unusual and interesting feature nearby is called The Window, as there's
a nearly perfect square opening in the ridgeline beside the
Pyramid. Look for pictures (are better than words) soon. My camp for the
night is below Rio Grande Pyramid. As the sun drops, so goes the
mercury. My cooking-turned-warming fire is a fine companion. |
|
"The fire is the main comfort of the camp, whether
in summer or winter,
and is about as ample at one season as at another.
It is as well for cheerfulness as for warmth..."
[Thoreau] |
|
Friday--September 7, 2007
Trail Day--25
Trail Mile--15/1828
Location--Squaw Creek, Weminuche Wilderness
Got down in the 30s last, clear and cold.
As it turns, today is the day to get lost. First, I'm unable to find the
trail across the large, expansive meadow below Weminuche Pass. I
bushwhack back and forth, hike all the way up to (and past) Weminuche
Pass. No trail. Finally, nearly three hours (and four knock-about miles)
later, I'm back on track, climbing, of course!
Second, I take the wrong trail at a fork and hike over two miles before
realizing (actually before being told) that I'm hiking the wrong
trail. Not all bad though, as I get to meet John from Connecticut. And
what a very joyful occurrence--my path again crossing that of James
"Jess" Harris, the fellow from New York that I first met clear back near
Snow Mesa. Great meeting you, John. And what a special time, spending
time again with our friend, Jess. Jess gets me going the right
direction!
Rio Grande Pyramid and The Window are still in my rearview. Taking
awhile getting this massive mountain behind me. Pyramid and its
associated mountain system are the cause for the huge horseshoe bend in
the Divide, which has taken me nearly three days to get around.
The angular light of the late evening sun striking the mountainsides is,
well, striking. Gawking around, taking pictures, I miss a turn, hiking
nearly a mile down, way down, the wrong trail. By the time I figure it
out, and get straightened out, the day is through. I pitch on a rocky
ledge just above Squaw Creek. Lots of deadwood to kindle my evening
fire.
Making the miles doesn't always make the day. Turned out, rambling
about, off-trail, was not the least unpleasant, more time spent looking
in rather than out, learning the fine virtue of patience. |
|
"I only went out for a walk and finally concluded
to stay out till sundown,
for going out, I found, was really going in..."
[Muir] |
|
Saturday--September 8, 2007
Trail Day--26
Trail Mile--20/1848
Location--Below Piedra Peak, Weminuche Wilderness
A cold 28 degrees this morning. No moisture/condensation on my tent,
just ice crystals. More sticks for fingers again as I tackle breaking
camp. Proud to be out and hiking before seven. Would truly like to make
the miles today, good Lord willin'.
It's tough grinding though, as the trail hugs the jagged Divide, mostly
at or above 12,000 feet. Lots of rocks. Thousands (of feet of) ups and
downs. But I stay true the trail, and the miles click away as my
thoughts ponder the goodness of Nature unfettered--her eternal message
of truth.
A rather remarkable feature along today is called the Knife Edge. Aptly
named, as the trail seems to become suspended, then abruptly end in
space. The Divide at the Knife Edge is truly that, sharp, narrow, and
near vertical. I keep the blinders on and creep along with absolute
deliberation, lest I slip and go over.
Late evening, the trail drops down below timberline and I'm able to find
a delightful campsite under the mature spruce canopy. A warmer night,
but the warm fire is a welcome friend. |
|
"One impulse from a vernal wood
May teach you more of man,
Of moral evil and of good,
Than all the sages can."
[William Wordsworth] |
|
Sunday--September 9, 2007
Trail Day--27
Trail Mile--22/1870
Location--Wolf Creek Pass, thence to Pagosa Springs, Colorado
I'm up, daily duty done, pack on, and I'm truckin' before seven. It's
22 miles to Wolf Creek Pass, and if I can cut it, there'll be steak and
potatoes, and a soft, warm bed waiting me tonight. Time to haul, through
the rocky road, the longest continuous trail of rocks in my memory.
By late morning, and making good time, I arrive Sawtooth Mountain, where
the trail finally turns back south. Mexico here I come!
Lunch break is a stop by one of the remaining high points on the CDT
above 12,000 feet. As I relax, study my maps, and munch a cheese
sandwich, comes up Wizard and Dirt Boy. They southbound
thru-hiked the Appalachian National Scenic Trail in 1994. Great fun
recalling common memories, discovering mutual friends.
Looking to the horizon, the least wisp of haze at 35 miles (straight
shot for the high-flying crow) standing tallest is San Luis Peak. By
trail, it's 125 miles!
More picturesque lakes today, Archuleta, Spotted and Rock Lakes. Rock
Lake is particularly stunning, what with jagged rock walls extending
near vertically from its waters, with beautiful Hope Mountain for a
backdrop.
At four, I depart the Weminuche Wilderness, five full days and over 110
miles of unspoiled mountain scenery. What a memorable time. Where's the
steak and potatoes?
By five (and in the rain and hail again) I'm standing in Wolf Creek Pass
(US160) with my thumb aimed at Pagosa Springs. Soon a trucker takes pity
on me, stops, and I load. It's Jeff, driving for Swift. Been with Swift
only a short while, one driver of over 20,000 Swift drivers on the
highway today. He gets a kick out of hearing a little of C.W. McCall's
Wolf Creek Pass. I'm in Pagosa Springs (in the rain) by a little before
six. Spacious room, delicious steak.
In the evening I'm able to track down Nean (triple crowner) and his
girlfriend, Heidi. They'll be hauling me back up the mountain Tuesday
morning.
Sure glad to be in town for a spell. Feet, knees, and arms dearly need a
rest. |
|
"Me and Earl was haulin' chickens
On a flatbed outa Wiggins
And we had spent all night on the uphill side
Of thirty seven miles of hell called Wolf Crick Pass
Which was up on the great divide
Wolf Crick Pass way up on the great divide
Truckin' on down, the other side"
[C. W. McCall] |
|
Monday--September 10, 2007
Trail Day--28
Trail Mile--00/1870
Location--Pagosa Springs, Colorado
Rained hard off and on all during the night. Tin roof on the
motel. Clatter woke me several times. Happy to be out of it for a
change.
Another typical southern Colorado town, Pagosa Springs, strung out along
the main highway, for miles. There is a downtown, cloistered around the
hot springs. Motel, grocery store, library, and post office within easy
walking distance.
I get together with Nean and Heidi, and we share more good memories, fun
stories.
In the afternoon I work journal entries, stomp out my dirty duds in the
tub, make a trip to the grocery store and post office, then settle back
in.
Glad to have spent the past six days in the wild. Glad to be out of the
wild. Will miss the wild again, soon enough! |
|
"Have you seen God in his splendors, heard the text
that nature renders?
(You'll never hear it in the family pew).
The simple things, the true things, the silent men who do things--
Then listen to the Wild--it's calling you."
[Robert W. Service] |
|
Tuesday--September 11, 2007
Trail Day--29
Trail Mile--21/1891
Location--Below Montezuma Peak, Continental Divide, campsite
elevation 12,332 feet
Been taking a few pictures in the towns where I've sought rest. Somehow
I missed snapping any while in Pagosa Springs. Don't know why; it's a
friendly, progressive, upbeat little community.
Nean and Heidi both work in Creede, over the mountain from Pagosa
Springs, and they've offered to shuttle me back up to Wolf Creek Pass on
their way to work this morning. We share a quick breakfast together,
then it's time to roll (climb) to Wolf Creek Pass. At the kiosk atop the
pass, I tripod-up my camera for a picture of the three of us. Then, too
soon (but predictably), it's that time again--more sad, heart-tugging
farewells. Folks like Nean and Heidi become kin. Don't ask me how it
works, how such a blink-in-time relationship could create any sort of
bond. Please, just believe me, it happens. Emotional and sad
good-byes. Thanks Nean and Heidi, thanks for your kindness, for your
kinship.
The climb out of Wolf Creek Pass, back to the Divide, is not the least
strenuous, but it is long and steady. I've got my wind now; my legs are
strong and responsive, and my arms have come up to the yeoman's task of
rhythmically digging my hiking sticks. Thanks once more dear Lord, for
your grace and blessings upon this old man. May I be loud and
boisterous--only in praising you.
I catch up with a couple of locals from Pagosa Springs this morning,
Rich and Carol, out for their morning exercise climbing. Why is it we
Americans must travel thousands of miles to enjoy the beauty of some
other place, all the while never taking time to appreciate the beauty in
our own back yard? Rich and Carol, they've got it figured out. They've
found the beauty that abounds right here at home--happy smiles, both!
I'm now entering the South San Juans, a rugged and remote stretch of
Rockies that extend nearly 70 miles south from here. Plans are to hike
this section through in three days, but don't know. The trail sure chops
up the topo contour lines through here. That means plenty of climbing
ahead.
Lots of different circumstances can slow one's pace, some good, some not
so good. Doesn't take long this day for a not so good slow down--blowdowns. Today
is shaping to become blowdown day. Trees laying across or otherwise
blocking the trail can be a real problem. With all the usual tangle,
they're very hard to climb through with a pack on. So it's almost always
up and around (way up), or down and around (way down). No matter how
they're tackled, it's a dangerous proposition. I must remind myself to
slow down, be patient to a fault, and concentrate. Bustin' it in a
blowdown is not such a romantic way to end an odyssey.
By two, the local clutter (say thunder busters) arrives. Rounded up and
driven by the wind, the shows come rushing through. At 12,000 feet, the
thunder resounds in such a hollow, crashing tympani, reverberating all
about. The lightning always seems to be cloud-to-cloud, yet when up here
right in the clouds, such a light and percussion show can become the
least unnerving.
My friend the wind, which has hastened the storm across, continues,
bringing energy and a mysteriously audible mixture of sound. I heed its
call and tune to its message as it passes. Nature speaks, if only we
take time to listen.
My poncho is on more than off the remainder of the afternoon. Of course
the storm must intermix some hail, but it does so just briefly as it
finally moves away.
The trail continues side-slabbing. Rounding a bend I meet Steve. He's up
here from Arkansas hunting mule deer. And his trip's been successful. He
shot a four-square-racker early this morning and tracked it to where it
finally dropped way, way down below. Our paths cross as he's heading
back to camp for help in quartering the mulie, getting it up the
mountain, and out.
I hike on, into dusk, then into dark. Camp tonight is in/on the rocks,
high in a narrow depression directly on the Divide. The night turns
still, quiet--and cold. No more messages on the wind. |
|
"Only those in tune with nature seem to pick up
the energy in wind. All sorts of things get swept off in the
breeze--ghosts, pieces of soul, voices unsung, thoughts repressed, love
uncherished, and a thousands galore of spiritual ether. Wind is an
emotional rush because emotions are rushing by." |
|
Wednesday--September 12, 2007
Trail Day--30
Trail Mile--23/1914
Location--North of Trail Lake, South San Juan Wilderness, Continental
Divide, camp elevation 12,179 feet
I awake to a very cold morning, 30 degrees with frost on both the inside
and outside walls of my tent. The sun, a blazing red, is just rising
over Lookout Mountain. Ah yes, it's going to be a wonderful hiking day.
A bright, clear morning had been forming, but by ten the local weather
moves in to take command. My fleece and mittens have and will remain on
as the wind comes driving, immediately bringing the cold again. In just
moments comes the bone-chilling rain, which quickly turns to snow. By
the time I stop, unshoulder my pack and get my poncho out, the whole
system moves across the mountain to the other side of the Divide.
Wildlife abounds today, from the little finches flitting about the
willow scrub, a dozen or more rock ptarmigan, pairs of blue grouse, to a
large herd of elk. I have heard coyotes nearly every night, and bear
sign is everywhere--but no bruins.
The trail dips to near civilization at picturesque Blue Lake from where
an old road winds on down the mountain. Here are the remains of an old
home, the rock fireplace still intact, standing as a sentinel straight
and tall. Above the hearth and large firebox, the stone there would have
supported a very long and equally wide mantel. My mind's eye pictures a
warm and inviting bungalow, welcome shelter from the cold and the snow.
The trail climbs, then stays high atop the Divide for the remainder of
the day. The unrelenting rocks directly on the trail are brutal
punishment to tired, weary feet, making the going painstakingly slow and
laborious. Amazing mountain scenery and profound wildness though, the
sort of vistas seldom seen, save for that afforded the exertion, the
price paid being the sweat and toil of the climb. To those so inclined
do these heavenly towers reveal their beauty. Ah, such a well-earned
reward.
Again I hike on into the pale light, to pitch once more on the high
ground, in a small, sheltered depression atop the Continental
Divide. This will be my last night, and tomorrow my last day, above
12,000 feet. |
|
"The exquisite sight, sound, and smell of
wilderness is many times more powerful if it is earned through physical
achievement, if it comes at the end of a long and fatiguing trip for
which vigorous good health is necessary." |
|
Thursday--September 13, 2007
Trail Day--31
Trail Mile--21/1935
Location--Cumbres Pass, thence to Chama, New Mexico
A small patch of alpine turf proved a soft, welcome spot to lay down my
tired old body last. Another clear, cold night quickly descended, but
once in my little Nomad tent, it was warm (relatively), and I slept
soundly.
Ice everywhere around me this morning (inside my tent). Merely brushing
the sidewalls brings a cascading shower of sparkling crystals. I must
move ever so cautiously to prevent becoming soaked. Carefully rolling my
tent fly back reveals a haze-free, blue-perfect (but cold, 28 degrees)
day. Not a cloud wisp nor the least sign of impending weather--360.
The remaining bit of climb up and along the Great Divide takes only
minutes this morning, then the trail moves away to the eastern slope to
gently descend toward Trail Lake. Near the lake I pause to look back
toward the Great Divide, the last I'll tread upon it here in Colorado.
The trail this morning crosses wide, undulating meadows interspersed and
dotted with countless high-held lakes and ponds. To add to this
(Nature's manicured) elegance, an occasional cluster of low-bush or a
rock garden is thrown in for variety. Along these high grassy spaces the
trail becomes faint, disappearing entirely at times. To aid passage,
rock cairns are places at intervals along, usually in sight, one to the
next. But at times I'm left to fend on my own. Using Jonathan's maps, my
GPS, thence by shooting coordinates to a nearby known position I am able
to find my way.
My daydreaming solitude is interrupted as I meet another intrepid this
morning, Dave from Oregon, hiking sections of the South San Juans. We
pause to exchange pleasant conversation before continuing our separate
ways.
I'm able to get one of the most amazing pictures this morning. Being a
near total haze-free day, as I look in disbelief toward the farthest,
most-distant horizon, dancing up and down there faintly--can be seen The
Sangre de Cristo Range and its highest summit, Blanca Peak, fourth in
stature of the 14ers in Colorado. When this series of photos are up,
please look ever-so-closely at shot 09/13/2007 12:43. In this photo,
Blanca Peak can be seen 75 miles away!
By one-thirty I'm descending from 12,000 feet for the last time this
journey. And shortly, I depart the South San Juan Wilderness.
Reflecting now, my thoughts: This hike through the San Juans has been a
most rewarding and memorable time, wilderness scenery, and some pretty
remarkable pictures--but I'm very relieved and glad to have the climbs
and the rocks behind me. It's been a rugged, difficult trek, but the
good Lord has provided safe passage.
By five I'm passing under the Cumbres & Toltec train trestle at Cumbres
Pass. There's hardly any traffic on CO17, but as luck would have it, and
in less than half an hour, Ed comes by from his cabin retreat in the
South San Juans and gives me a ride down to Chama, New Mexico. Thanks,
Ed!
I enter Foster's 1881 Hotel, Restaurant & Saloon a little before six to
be greeted by Alice, the owner. She's got a room for me. After Jane gets
the room heater working, it's back down to the Saloon where Zack serves
up a sizzling steak and an oven-hot baked potato.
Fine ending to a very fine day, eh! |
|
"Those who dwell among the beauties and mysteries
of the earth
are never alone or weary of life."
[Rachel Carson] |
|
Friday-Saturday--September 14-15, 2007
Trail Day--32-33
Trail Mile--00/1935
Location--Chama, New Mexico
These two days are days of much needed rest. The San Juans were rugged,
lots of climbing, and rocks, an incredible jumble of rocks. I appreciate
the rest. I know my barking doggies sure do.
And what finer place for a short sojourn than Alice Foster's 1881 Hotel,
Restaurant & Saloon.
In the trail register at the Chama Post Office, most all the recent
northbound folks have lamented as to getting lost in northern New
Mexico.
Getting lost used to alarm and frustrate me, but no more. I've come to
appreciate that straying from the trail (where there really isn't any
trail) is just part of the blend that makes the CDT such a unique and
special trail experience. No sense or need in getting in a rush along
this trail. Schedules and time frames have no place here. I've noticed
that Mother Nature works pretty hard at times, but she also takes time
to rest. It's as if she is asking me to rest too. Sounds fair to me! |
|
"Look deep into Nature, and then you will
understand everything better."
[Albert Einstein] |
|
Sunday--September 16, 2007
Trail Day--34
Trail Mile--16/1951
Location--Lagunitas Creek, below Brazos Ridge, Carson National
Forest, New Mexico
What a fine time in Chama. Foster's is a very old (1881) but most
comfortable establishment. And Alice was a grand hostess. Yes, a fine
time in Chama.
I figured I'd have one heck of a time hitching back up to Cumbres Pass,
being Sunday, but as luck would have it, a kind, young family stops,
takes nearly five minutes rearranging their gear (and kids) to make room
for the old Nomad. Before I know it, I'm standing again in
Cumbres Pass.
I could have taken the Cumbres & Toltec train to the top of the pass,
but it was a bit pricey. The train ride is long and slow, a climb of
five per cent all the way up, requiring two locomotives to haul the cars
and passengers. The train left Chama twenty minutes before I got my
ride, and I'm standing here by the tracks now, waiting another twenty
minutes for it to arrive. There should be some good picture ops, so I
delay my hike on south, and chat with Bill, caretaker of the facilities
at the pass.
The wait was sure worth it as I'm able to get some fine pictures, first
as the train approaches, then of all the people, and finally as one of
the locomotives is switched out, and the train heads on down the other
side of the pass.
Today is mostly a roadwalk, starting with the first couple of miles
right down the old narrow gauge tracks (my choice).
In a short time, and while climbing up from Apache Canyon, three locals,
David, Beverly, and Greg, come riding up on their mountain
bikes. They're out for the fresh air and the exercise, and stop a moment
to chat. All take interest in my hike and ask many questions.
At one-thirty, and at a cattle guard on the gravel road, I leave
Colorado and enter New Mexico. A bit of Canada and four states behind me
now; one more to go--New Mexico.
It's a grand day to be out hiking, cool and clear.
New Mexico is famous for its mesas, and it doesn't take long at all
before I'm climbing one, Osier, which takes me up to Brazos Ridge. The
terrain is really changing now, from the high, rugged mountains of
Colorado, to the arid mesas and plateaus of the southwest. Gone are the
willow thickets, now come the sagebrush, juniper, and cactus.
The trail brushes by the Cruces Basin Wilderness, where I'm able to get
a couple of pictures looking down from Brazos Ridge.
Even with such a late start, by evening I've manage good mileage for the
day, and I'm very pleased. Camp is in the ponderosa pine. Flat and dry;
plenty of firewood. |
|
"Be content with what you have, rejoice in the way
things are.
When you realize there is nothing lacking, the whole world belongs to
you."
[Lao Tzu] |
|
Monday--September 17, 2007
Trail Day--35
Trail Mile--15/1966
Location--Above headwaters, Placer Creek, just off US64
I could hear elk bugling and the coyotes "serenading" just at dusk
last. It's bow season for elk now and just at dark, two hunters passed,
on their way back to their camp below.
I slept fine through the rain, which came around one, to continue off
and on in waves all night. I'm bound in my tent until almost ten this
morning, until the rain finally lets up enough for me to break camp.
I'm feeling the least bit apprehensive today as I've a long bushwhack
ahead of me. It will require almost constant map reference, compass and
GPS use, a thorough testing of my navigational skills. It's hard enough
staying on course under ideal conditions. With the rain, my poncho on to
protect my pack (and me), it'll be a problem getting to my maps,
studying the topo lines--and keeping everything dry in the process.
The
bushwhack begins with a bail-off, straight down into the canyon of Rio
San Antonio. From here it's a climb up, out, then to follow along the
Tierra Amarillo Grant fence line. I stay on course and manage the six
mile bushwhack without a hitch. And my maps are just the least
soggy. Comes now more cold rain, which drives another hailstorm, this
one not as long or as intense as others I've had to endure, but
none-the-less exasperating.
Another bushwhack today, down Placer Creek. The storm has let up for
awhile and it's actually turning fair. The whack is through the narrow,
rocky, high-walled canyon, the going slow and difficult, constant
boulders and brush. Just below, and leaving the canyon, are the remains
of a decaying old sluice box (placer), complete with grate and moldering
box timbers.
In Rio Vallecitos Canyon now, the trail continues up and down, following
more cow paths along the T-Bone Ranch fence line. Comes soon more forest
service roads. Here, I'm able to get back up to speed.
Finding water, good water, is becoming more and more a problem. Fewer
sources, further in-betweens. One source, supposedly reliable, Ojito
Azul, a piped spring, is just a green-scum stagnant pool, not a drop of
water moving. By five, I pass another piped spring, this one running at
just the least trickle, but cold and clear. I take time to fill one of
my bottles--and me.
Late evening now, bouncing up the rocky road in his pickup comes
Perry. Just passed his very comfy, fully furnished camp a mile or so
back. He stops, shuts 'er down, and we chat. Perry and his buddy from
Pennsylvania, they're out here bow hunting for elk. All excited, Perry
has to tell his story about shooting his first elk--first day out! Late
evening it was. He decided to go for a short walk up the ridge, look the
place over. Buddy didn't even take his bow. Well, first thing, up pops
this bull elk, nice one. Hey, wind is right, position perfect. Perry
goes through the motions, shows me how he crouched down on his knees,
behind a big pine blowdown, bow at the ready. Buddy commenced calling
the elk in--to within arms reach away from Perry, right the other side
of the blowdown. "He was licking his nose in a frenzy, wildly sniffin'
the air for any kind of scent. I'm shaking so hard I can hardly hold my
bow. Wrong angle, can't shoot; he's standing with his chest facing me;
wrong angle." says Perry, all frustrated. His buddy kept calling until
the elk finally saw him, to break and run. In a flash, Perry lets fly
his arrow, and at 25 yards, down goes the bull, a perfect shot. "Just
out for an evening stroll up the ridge; first night." exclaims Perry, big
ear-to-ear grin!
"What a story, what-a-story; folks'll never believe this. I gotta get
your picture." I smile back at Perry. Down goes the tailgate; bingo,
there stands Perry, proud as can be. "Look at this!" he says. Fancy
equipment box--with a perfect elk silhouette hand painted there. Well,
turns out Perry is a taxidermist. "This one'll be hangin' in my den, you
betcha'." smiles Perry. Okay Perry, you promised to send us a picture as
soon as the mount is finished--you promised!
Just before dark I finally get straightened out and going the right way
on US64. It's raining and turning cold. Jack stops to see if I'm okay
even though he's traveling the opposite direction. I ask for water. He
pulls off, opens his rear hatch and fills me up from his five-gallon
container. Thanks, Jack! Saves me from scooping it out of the ditch.
The rain doesn't let up. I find a flat spot where the trail leaves the
highway, in a stand of ponderosa, and call it a day.
I am relieved to have this day behind me, to have met the challenge of
trekking cross-country, in this wild country--alone, and to have
prevailed. Thank you, Lord! |
|
"No man should go through life without once
experiencing...wilderness,
finding himself depending solely on himself
and thereby learning his true and hidden strength."
[Jack Kerouac] |
|
Tuesday--September 18, 2007
Trail Day--36
Trail Mile--22/1988
Location--Bushwhacking near Ojito Jarosito, below Mogote Ridge
Seems this day may be an improvement weather-wise, as the dawn comes
cold and clear. More forest service roads today, along Mogote
Ridge. Wide-sweeping views. Many fine pictures.
Every day the terrain looks more and more like the arid southwest and
less and less like the Colorado Rockies. I think I'm heading the right
direction!
After being so proud of my success, the bushwhacks yesterday, now, here
today, I make a wrong turn at a road junction, then try taking a
shortcut to get back on track--and then spend the next three hours
trying to figure out where I'm at! There's supposed to be a road here,
right here. No road. What's going on? Roads don't just disappear. My
shortcut route should have intersected the road long ago. Cripes! Here I
am thrashing around in the blowdowns and brush, dumb. Finally, finally,
I stumble out and onto a graded, well-maintained road. Map study. GPS
position. Compass direction. Ah, I see. I'm way down here. The road I'm
trying to get to is up there. This southbound trek should be pretty much
southbound, but quite often it's not southbound at all--I head way east,
to the road I should have been on all along! Patience, old man,
patience. I will study the ways of Nature more, that I might travel
rightly.
Views this afternoon, here above 10,000 feet, are far-reaching, down and
into the Chama River Valley, where is located Ghost Ranch Conference
Center, and where I should be sometime day after tomorrow.
Beginning another bushwhack section, as I tire, and as dark begins
descending, I find another of my newly-made evening friends, a huge
ponderosa pine. Here beneath its protective, outstretched boughs, and on
its needle-carpeted floor, I set my camp.
First a cooking, then a fine warming fire--they do comfort me. |
|
"You will find something more in woods than in
books.
Trees and stones will teach you that which you can never learn from
masters."
[St. Bernard] |
|
Wednesday--September 19, 2007
Trail Day--37
Trail Mile--18/2006
Location--Below Yeso Tank (fancy name for plain old stagnant cattle
pond), FR139, Mesa Montosa, elevation 8,200 feet
I'd built up expectations of reaching Ghost Ranch today, but there's
just no sense in trying to hammer 24 miles, especially with the
remainder of the bushwhack this morning, and the final six miles, a
descent of near 2,000 feet, over the canyon wall and down through Arroyo
Yeso to reach Ghost Ranch. So I'll take my time, take some pictures,
enjoy the natural beauty here--and just hoof it in to near the cliffs of
the upper canyon above Ghost Ranch, and call it a day.
I'm able to beat it on through the bushwhack below Ojito Jarosito in
good time this morning. Actually, I come out about where I'm supposed
to, at the forest service road leading up Mogote Ridge. I begin the
bushwhack on the ridge a little before ten. This whack is easy enough,
stay on the ridge and follow the fence--for awhile. Picking up FR406T2,
the hike becomes a pleasant walk through the aspen.
In the evening, and nearing the cliffs below Mesa Montosa and Mesa Yeso,
(and out of water again) I stop at Yeso Tank, where I take (and treat)
water. A short distance beyond, there's a park-like meadow dotted with
ponderosa pine. I find a perfect spot under a particularly majestic
stand and set camp for the night.
It's been a very enjoyable (say nice weather for a change) hiking day. |
|
"In every walk with nature one receives far more
than he seeks."
[Muir] |
|
Thursday--September 20, 2007
Trail Day--38
Trail Mile--06/2012
Location--Ghost Ranch Conference Center near Abiquiu, New Mexico
Well, so much for the weather. About midnight the rain returns. No wind,
no waves, no hail like the past few days, just spigot on, spigot
off--all night and into the morning. It's 9:30 before I'm able to break
camp. Then I must keep my poncho ever ready. For this high desert
region, which receives as little as ten inches of annual rainfall, this
persistent rain is strange indeed. Adding it all up the past few days,
this might be it for these folks for the next twelve months!
The least anxiety returns again this day, because a good chunk of the
remaining six miles to Ghost Ranch involves a bail-off into the canyon,
some four miles of which is purported to be a very rugged and difficult
bushwhack. When I called Ghost Ranch last week, Lee told me that John
and Dawn had difficulty finding their way at times during their descent.
"Okay old man, put your pack on and let's do it." --a little
encouragement for myself. By 10:30 I'm standing at the abyss, on the
rim, looking down nearly 2,000 feet into a huge box canyon that is
Arroyo Yeso. I stand here, gaping and gazing, not wanting to hesitate,
not wanting to wait; let's just do it and get it done. But I do wait and
manage to stay calm, so as to identify features, landmarks below that
I'll rely on to set my course down.
As I'm making this half-hearted analysis, I simply cannot suppress my
first, overpowering thought--which remains my thought now: "I gotta
climb down through this place!"
Calm finally does prevail. I gain my composure, and come up with a
plan.
The guidebook says, and Jonathan's maps show, a direct descent, down
through the wall of rocks to the first level shelf, then a turn
southwest toward the east-facing cliff, there to find and follow faint
old wagon ruts clockwise around and down beyond the next
drop-off. Gazing intently, I'm able to make it all out--and pick my
route down.
So, pack cinched tight, over the rim I go. Good old Leki trekking
poles. They've gotten me through some really tough spots, and here,
again, they shine! Leki's motto: "Two legs bad, four legs good."
Ahh, no
truer words. I make sure both sticks are stuck, and I've one foot firmly
planted before dropping on down. Every move is deliberate, requiring
total concentration. A screw-up here, and I don't get to go back and
start over.
The first level seems such a dizzying distance down. But thinking about
moves, stick and foot placement, and not time, I'm surprised when I find
myself standing on near-level ground again.
So far, so good! "Now look at your compass, turn southwest and head for
the bluff." I utter to myself. In moments I'm standing in the old wagon
road ruts. "Turn left and follow them till they disappear at the next
drop-off, that's the way." I reassure myself.
But along the way now, following the faint path, it occurs to me that
there's only one place this old mule and wagon road could have come
from--the mouth of the arroyo--and Ghost Ranch! And you know what? The
faint old wagon road led where even a mountain goat would've been
challenged, but I hung with it (perhaps not a good phrase), and in less
than two hours I'm standing at the opening in the fence behind Ghost
Ranch! What an adrenalin pump (for this old heart), and what an
absolutely remarkable experience. Not one slip, not one misstep, not one
wrong turn. Thank you, thank you, Lord!
Smiling faces at Ghost Ranch Reception. Lee, Bill and Clorinda, all are
genuinely glad to see me. "I've figured you a deal, in the
bunkhouse--for today, tomorrow, two nights, all your meals." smiles
Clorinda. Won't tell you what she came up with, but here's a clue about
prices at Ghost Ranch. When was the last time you can remember dropping
a buck on the counter, anywhere, and walking away with a 20oz Coke?
The bunkhouse is authentic adobe, the old, original bunkhouse for hands
at Ghost Ranch. It's been modernized, of course, but it still has the
charm of the olden days. No locks on any of the doors. My room (and Lee
as much as told me, the place was mine) has four bunks and one
full-sized bed. Neat and clean. Sheets and pillowcases neatly folded;
make your own bed. This is great. Bathhouse just down the covered
walkway. The place has gotta have at least a 100 gallon water
heater. Still plenty of hot water left a half hour later, after me and
all my clothes are clean. Phone (residential, not pay) two minutes
away. Four computers two minutes away. Twenty-four-hour library four
minutes away. Cafeteria (all meals included, remember!) four minutes
away. Yup, Ghost Ranch, this'll sure work for a couple of days, to boost
this tired old man on down the trail! |
|
"I haven't got any special religion this morning.
My God is the God of walkers.
If you walk hard enough, you probably don't need any other God."
[Bruce Chatwin] |
|
Friday--September 21, 2007
Trail Day--39
Trail Mile--00/2012
Location--Ghost Ranch Conference Center
These extra days of rest I've been taking sure boost my spirit and keep
me going strong. No problem relaxing another day here at Ghost
Ranch. Very comfortable place, kind folks.
A couple of sorta funny things the past few days --
First, both my knees are totally skinned up. You'd probably figure (and
if you've looked at any of the '07 Odyssey picture albums, seen the
wicked treadway, you'd sure enough bet) that I must have fallen in the
ruts, boulders, rocks, roots, or mud somewhere along the trail,
right? Well, you lose the bet. Here's what actually happened: My right
knee took a beating when I fell while casually walking down an incline
to see the old locomotive at the train station in Chama. My left
knee? Well, I slipped and fell while walking along the paved shoulder of
US64 last Monday evening! Seems I can handle the boulders, the piles
upon piles of rocks, the pitch-me-off side-slabs, the straight ups,
straight downs, and the axle grease mud--but I'm unable to stay up
straight on no-bump walkways, and flat, skid-free pavement. Go figure!
And second? Well, wouldn't you think that sitting down to a delicious
hot meal here at Ghost Ranch, after so many sorry-meal days on the
trail, fork in hand ready to dive in, would have been the
thought of the moment? Well, it wasn't. Actually, the thought of the
moment was--the sitting down! Yes, sitting down, in an old wooden, hard
seat, hardback chair, that was the pleasant thought of the moment, the
grand meal, comin' right up thought, second. Nuts, right!
Okay, try going all day, day after day, with no place ever to sit, save
the cold ground, a hard, wet rock, or a blowdown log. Remember, there
are no sofas, easy chairs, couches, lounges, or recliners in the
woods! Yes, it's a really big thing--the simple pleasure of just sitting
down and leaning back!
Okay, enough goofy stuff.
Got all my gear dried out--one more time. Gotta pack and get ready to
head on south in the morning. The trail toward the hazy blue, it's
a'calling. |
|
"I'll trek the far off byways,
And wander the continents o'er.
I'll pack and trek the trailways,
Till I walk this earth no more."
[Robert W. Service] |
|
Saturday--September 22, 2007
Trail Day--40
Trail Mile--22/2034
Location--Near FR170, Below Mesa del Camino
Ghost Ranch Conference Center, a very hiker-friendly place. Thanks Lee,
Bill, and Clorinda!
At breakfast this morning a young fellow comes up to me and asks if I'm
the Nimblewill Nomad. "With those gaiters on, I figure you must
be the south-bound hiker I've been hearing about." he remarks. And so, I
meet Rob Foxtrot Fissel. During breakfast, we decide to hike the
day together, as Foxtrot is also southbound on the CDT.
As we're hiking out from Ghost Ranch, I'm able to see Lee and Bill for a
moment, to thank them for the great hospitality extended me at Ghost
Ranch.
From the Conference Center, the museum trail leads out toward the
highway, to the Piedra Lumbre Museum. Once at the museum, we take our
time looking around--and to enjoy some ice cream.
By the time we finally get moving again, it's 12:30. Early afternoon
we're on forest service roads. A concrete bridge (closed to motorized
traffic) gets us across the wide, fast-rushing Chama River. From there
we enter Ojitos Canyon, for the climb toward Mesa del Camino and the Rio
Chama Wilderness. Once on the mesa, we follow forest service roads for
the remainder of the day.
We're fortunate to find water for the evening in a little protected
basin (away from the cattle) by Canada Camino.
Hiking along with Foxtrot, it's easy enough to see how he
received his trail name. This kid can move, in his wore down sandals,
and I must accelerate my pace and stride in my wore out shoes (to almost
a foxtrot) to stay with him.
Just before dark, we come upon a perfect campsite situated beneath the
towering ponderosa, complete with fire ring, cut and split firewood no
less--and (someone has left) ears of corn for roasting!
It's been a most enjoyable day, having someone to hike with and talk
with; what a welcome change. |
|
"When you have worn out your shoes,
the strength of the shoe leather has passed into the fiber of your
body.
I measure your health by the number of shoes...you have worn out."
[Ralph Waldo Emerson] |
|
Sunday--September 23, 2007
Trail Day--41
Trail Mile--31/2065
Location--Cuba, New Mexico
It began as a star-studded evening last. I fixed my fly but had it
draped back in order to gaze at the moon and watch the stars drift
by. Before I know it, and startled from deep sleep, comes cold spatters
of rain. I must hasten to pull my fly down and close my tent, lest
everything I have becomes soaked. The rain continues, pulsing off and on
till dawn.
It's a very iffy morning, but we're up, packs shouldered, and trekking
by 7:30. While enjoying the warming fire last, Foxtrot commented
that he thought he'd try to make Cuba tomorrow, some thirty-plus
miles. Having so enjoyed hiking with him, I hastened to ask if he'd mind
me joining him.
You know I'm not usually on the trail so early; neither is Foxtrot
I find, but in order to reach Cuba before dark, we've gotta haul--so
7:30, we're haulin'.
The hike starts out well enough; some easy roadwalking. We cover the
early miles in fine fashion. But as we climb and climb, the 3,000 feet
to enter the San Pedro Parks Wilderness, dark clouds descend and the
cold rain sets in--in earnest.
We're on trail now, poorly marked trail--and we get lost. Finding our
way (after wasting precious time) we get lost again. The wind comes up
stronger driving more bitter-cold rain, now mixed with hail.
I can't keep my maps and guide pages dry. We fumble with the GPS but are
unable to fix our position. We know we're in San Pedro Parks, and we
know the trail we're on is also in San Pedro Parks. But there are
numerous trails in San Pedro Parks. There are no CDT blazes, no marked
posts to guide us. More precious time lost. As we puzzle our
predicament, I notice that Foxtrot's speech is becoming slurred;
I'm having much difficulty gripping my trekking poles.
"It's darkest before dawn." is an old axiom that is often so
prophetic. As we hike on, wandering, it seems, in desperation, comes a
CDT marker. We were on the right trail all along--and the wind has
relented, the rain has stopped, and the warm sun is beginning to break
through.
Just at dusk, as drivers start turning their headlights on, we reach
paved road and make the last turn to town. The local mom-n-pop is still
open; good for a delicious hot meal--and there's a room for us at the
motel.
We're soon in and we're warm and dry.
I know you've heard me often say "There are no bad days on the trail,
some just better than others." Well, I'll sure remember this 31 mile
storm-dogged one! |
|
"For the man sound in body and serene of mind
there is no such thing as bad weather; every day has its beauty and
storms,
which whip the blood do but make it pulse more vigorously."
[George Gissing] |
|
Monday--September 24, 2007
Trail Day--42
Trail Mile--00/2065
Location--Cuba, New Mexico
I cranked the room heater last, and this morning things are beginning to
dry out.
I plan on keeping my feet up, another day right here. Foxtrot?
A trip to the library, post office, laundromat, and supermarket, and
he's ready to head on south. Before he leaves I ask if he'd sit a spell
and let me record his incredible, hair-raising story about the grizzly
attack he lived through. And so he does.
First, let me tell you a little about this young man, Rob Foxtrot
Fissel. During all my hiking years, I've met many folks that I'd
consider to be "hiker trash" (an identity affectionately placed), but
none I've ever met more deserve that tag--than Foxtrot. Rob is
31. He still calls Orrtanna, Pennsylvania home (his folk's place), and
he spends time there (holidays for sure) when he's not in Alaska. He's
single, a graduate of Gettysburg High, has no vehicle (ever). To support
himself (and his trekking about), he works three months out of the year
as a cod fisherman in Alaska. The other nine he shoulders his backpack,
and he's gone--usually for weeks, on bushwhacks into the Brooks Range in
Alaska. He's hiked the AT, the PCT, and is now nearing the completion of
his southbound CDT trek. Remarks Foxtrot, "I'm not hiking this
trail to become a triple-crowner; that's not the reason or purpose. I'll
probably get off in Deming; that'll make my CDT hike incomplete."
As for bear sightings--since Foxtrot first started beating down
the wilds of Alaska, he's seen 74 bears, one of them up way too close
and personal!
During a 60-day traverse of the Arctic Wildlife Refuge, and on August 1,
2005, while preparing to ford the Sagavanirktok River, Foxtrot
was attacked by a grizzly. Here, I'll let him tell it:
"I was working my way upstream looking for a place to cross. In another
day at the most, I'd be at the pipeline, and from there, back to
Fairbanks.
"While working my way upstream I flushed a ptarmigan. He exploded out of
the bushes. Totally scared me; I screamed like a little girl. Realizing
what it was, I began laughing. As I'm laughing I hear this
arrrRRRR-arrrRRR! From this 15 foot diameter patch of willow some 100
feet away, probably startled by the ptarmigan and my laughter, explodes
this bear, growling and snapping its teeth, charging. It comes so close
I could literally have touched it on its nose.
"Instead of having my pepper spray in a hip holster, it was in my water
bottle holder of my backpack, not ordinarily a big deal--it'd take only
a second to reach around and grab it. I knew what to do: Break eye
contact, drop the head, call 'hey bear, hey bear.' I reach around for my
pepper spray, and I'm not getting it. The bear passes, keeps going, goes
out about 30 feet and comes back a second time, straight towards me. Oh
crap, it's not going to stop! I still hadn't grabbed my pepper spray. I
put my hands over my head. I don't know if he just ran into me, but he
hit my pack, and I went backwards, my legs out in front of me.
"The bear still doesn't stop. It circles and comes back a third
time. All I had time to do was to pull my legs in, in a sitting
position. Again the bear doesn't stop. As it's running by, it takes one
snap at me. [Rob gets up and shows me his leg scars] This one was
actually about an inch deep. These are the canine. And these, the teeth
in between. This one was up against my shinbone.
"To begin with, I was totally freaked out. When the bear bit me, it
finally snapped me out of it--this is actually serious, I gotta stop
foolin' around! And you know, it was that easy; I just reached around
and grabbed my pepper spray like it was nothing. The bear came back the
fourth time and I shot him in the face, point blank, at about 15 feet.
As soon as the pepper spray made contact with that bear, he made a 180-degree turn and went the other way. I stayed down on the ground three or
four seconds, thinking he'd come back.
"When I realized the bear wasn't coming back, I staggered to my feet; my
legs held me--I didn't know how bad my leg was then. I could see there
were holes in it and that I was bleeding. My whole body was jelly. I
crossed the river and went about half an hour before I even stopped to
look at my leg. I started laughing again; it was the most euphoric
feeling.
"It took me about 17 hours to get to Pipeline Road. I got picked up,
taken to the Pipeline Truckstop, got first-aided up, and then I was given a
ride on a tour bus to Fairbanks.
"How big was the grizzly? I can't honestly say how much his size was,
with what was going on, and what was his actual size--he seemed pretty
big!"
Wow, what an incredible story--to live to tell! Foxtrot, I wish
you much joy and safe passage for the remainder of your CDT journey, and
I hope our paths cross again sometime. It was great hiking and just
spending time with you. |
|
"If you're not living on the edge, you're taking up
too much space."
[Anon.] |
|
Tuesday--September 25, 2007
Trail Day--43
Trail Mile--26/2091
Location--Below Cerros Colorados
Pack up and I'm moving (sluggishly--way too big a breakfast) a little
before nine. On the roadwalk out I turn to snap a shot of the main
drag, looking back at Cuba.
Turning from the highway in just awhile, I'm treated to well marked and
maintained trail, through the
pinõn/juniper/sagebrush, as I climb to
Mesa Portales. Where the trail ventures to the cliffs, which mark the
rim of the mesa, I'm afforded great views down and into Chama
Valley. Not much moving out here, a snake sporting desert camo and my
first jackrabbit sighting this trip out; that's it.
Comes now the scramble straight over the cliffs, down into Jones Canyon
and Jones Canyon Spring. This spring is a classic oasis in the truest
sense--a green, invitingly cool, shady retreat, plunked down as if by
magic right in the middle of this barren, sun parched land. From the
looks of the old stone ruins right by, someone (A hermit named Jones,
could have been!) made the place home, perhaps during the frontier times
of long ago. Now-a-days it's just another (of the few) watering holes
for cattle roaming about--and the occasional hiker who ventures by.
This section I'm hiking today, and for the next couple of days, is
called Piedra Lumbre (shining stones). I think you'll find that I've
managed some pretty fine pictures all along. Check back; they'll be
posted soon.
In the evening, and descending a small notch, I come to a fine campsite
just below Cerros Colorados. As I make camp, do I see the evening fade
of brilliant desert paint rebound, across the cloud-veiled horizon, in
such a fitting and final tribute to the day--a thrust of fire cast by
the setting sun. |
|
"Clouds come floating into my life, no longer to
carry rain or usher storm,
but to add color to my sunset sky."
[Rabindranath Tagore] |
|
Wednesday--September 26, 2007
Trail Day--44
Trail Mile--31/2122
Location--Mesa Chivato (Ignacio Chavez Land Grant Wilderness Study
Area)
This cruise is smoothin' out. The desert nights turn cold enough, but
not as cold as those nights already endured above 12,000 feet in
Colorado. And the trail? The trail can yet prove the least gnarly at
times (ups, downs, rocks, roots), but I know it won't at all compare to
the unbelievable obstacles dealt with through the San Juan Wilderness
and the South San Juans. Sure, I'll get lost plenty more times, and
there'll likely be more challenging and trying times ahead. But day by
day I'm nearing the end of this remarkable journey. Thank you Lord, for
the courage, for the resolve and determination. And thanks for the
strength and good health--and for the will to stick with it. Rewards do
await the one who stands the final task and prevails--thanks! I pray now
that Your bountiful Grace continues to me, that I might have sure and
safe passage to the end.
I'm up and on the trail early, well before eight. Water sources are
becoming few and far between, so the trick is to cover ground, take less
time, stretch what water I find. The days have remained cool, well into
the afternoons, an absolute blessing.
I'm greeted by a cool, clear morning. The trail is a roadwalk for most
of the day today, first past Cerro Colorado Tank, another disgusting
stock pond. Passing Cabezon and Cabezon Peak, and beside a pull off,
there are two spigots, Cabezon Community Water Utility. I drink until I
can drink no more, a full 32oz container of fresh, clear, water. Then
to top-off both my bottles. It will probably be tomorrow before I have
such good fortune again. I slosh on up the road!
I had hoped to see the old, restored mission at Cabezon, but come to
find it (and the entire village of Cabezon) is owned by one Benny
Lucero. I meet his son as he's locking the gate to Cabezon after passing
through. No, I can't go down to the mission. And no, I can't take
pictures.
The gravel road climbs the valley below Mesa San Luis, to finally turn
sharply south, descending to Rio Perco. I cross on a high, single-lane
bridge.
From the silt-veined river, the road climbs over 2,000 feet, past Bears
Mouth, an unusual formation, to eventually top out on Mesa Chevato. The
entire mesa is a wilderness study area (except for the cattle), part of
the Ignacio Chavez Land Grant. There are numerous "tanks" on the mesa,
Ned, Seco, Ranger, all holding putrid, disgusting looking "water." I'm
rationing what water I have in order to get through the night
tonight. I'll get water for tomorrow at a dependable (fence enclosed)
spring.
No one else up here this evening, just me and the coyotes. I'm too tired
to start and tend an evening fire. |
|
"If I could not walk far and fast, I think I should
just explode and perish."
[Charles Dickens] |
|
Thursday--September 27, 2007
Trail Day--45
Trail Mile--28/2150
Location--Head of American Canyon, below Mt. Taylor
First thing this morning, and down from the trail, I descend to Los
Indios Spring. Another tree-shaded oasis, this one with two very large
concrete water tanks, both running cool, clear water--"Dan can you see
that big green tree, where the water's running free, and it's waiting
there for me and you...water, water, cool, clear water." [Sons of
the Pioneers]
A little past one in the afternoon presents the first unobstructed view
of Mt. Taylor, the last mountain to stand above (and my last climb
above) 11,000 feet on this CDT.
Late evening, and after a very long day on the (dirt) roads, I bushwhack
up American Canyon, past American Tank (yup, more muddy water). Near the
head of the canyon, and along a road, do I discover a fine campsite,
complete with a perfect fire ring. I've enough water left from Los
Indios to prepare a hot meal. Fine evening, warm fire, familiar
friend. I pitch with my tent fly back, to view the heaven full of stars. |
|
"Ah, such is the life of the carefree
The dreamer roaming afar
The end of the day; the end of a way;
To the lure of a far-reaching star."
[Robert W. Service] |
|
Friday--September 28, 2007
Trail Day--46
Trail Mile--30/2180
Location--Grants, New Mexico
Yesterday was another hammer-it-out day, with long, grudging miles. I
rise at dawn again, to study my maps and guide, thence to break camp,
shoulder my pack. I'm on the trail by seven.
The climb up Mt.Taylor is a steady 2,000-foot increase in elevation. On
the summit the wind is whipping. I tarry but a few moments, for shots of
the far, hazy-blue mountains, and the landscape below.
A slow-go, rock-strewn trail, (Trail #77) switchbacks off the other
side. I'll be scuffing away some 5,000 vertical feet between here and
Grants. Down a ways I stop and turn, for a final look at Mt.
Taylor--fasten your seat belts; here we go!
A little before seven I reach the main intersection in downtown Grants.
The trail turns right on Santa Fe. Yup, motels are to the left--over
half a mile distant. Late evening now I check into the Sands Motel. What
joy to find Foxtrot in a room just down the walkway from me. We
get together for a fine dinner and much welcome conversation. |
|
"Climb up on some hill at sunrise.
Everybody needs perspective once in a while, and you'll find it there."
[Robb Sagendorph] |
|
Saturday--September 29, 2007
Trail Day--47
Trail Mile--00/2180
Location--Grants, New Mexico
After four long-mile days, a day of rest is most welcome. Foxtrot
and I have breakfast together before heading downtown to the post
office. After bouncing some provisions on to Hot Springs, he shoulders
his pack--and he's gone.
Back in my room, I work getting caught up on journal entries. Then in
the evening, I'm invited to dinner with Tom and Donna Bombaci, who live
here near Grants. Tom is active in the Continental Divide Trail
Society. We all love the mountains, thus are able to share much joyful
conversation. Before returning me to my room, they drive me to Wal-Mart
for a few needed things, like some food for the next four days--and a
bandanna to keep the hot desert sun off my neck. |
|
"Truly it may be said that the outside of a
mountain is good for the inside of man."
[George Wherry] |
|
Sunday--September 30, 2007
Trail Day--48
Trail Mile--23/2203
Location--Zuni-Acoma Trailhead, El Malpais National Monument
My stay in Grants was most pleasant. From accounts I'd heard concerning
Grants, none were all that glowing. The place has had its ups and downs,
what with the uranium discovery, other booms and busts. For sure, the
town is strung out, with the trail passing along its byways for the
better part of three miles. One of the few grocery stores comes on the
way in, a long walk back from any of the motels, should resupply not be
done right then and there, a chore we all prefer to put off. And the
motels? Well, not a single one is even close to the three-mile route,
the nearest being a half-mile in the opposite direction down Santa Fe
(the main drag). But tell you what: I had a grand time in Grants! Nayan
and Archand at the neat, old Sands Motel, lovingly kept and maintained
since the boom days of historic Route 66--"I get my kicks on Route
66."--cut the old Nomad the kindest hiker trash deal, for two
nights. The Grants Cafe is right next, featuring the most remarkable
Route 66 nostalgia (and great food) that I can recall seeing anywhere
along the old historic highway (and I've hiked a good ways down it). And
in Grants, here are the finest of trail angels anywhere, Tom and
Donna. They came by and picked me up Saturday evening, took me out and
treated me to a mighty fine steak dinner, then shuttled me by Wal-Mart
for a few provisions before dropping me back off at the Sands. Yup,
Grants is right up there on my list of great trail towns. Thanks all!
I've a mile or better along Santa Fe Avenue this morning, then it's up
and across I-40 to get out of town. Whittlin' away on the "I"-ways
again. One more to go, I-10, and they're done.
Before crossing the interstate, I stop a moment to chat with Tony
Martinez. Tony's 83 now. Been peddling apples from the back of his truck
along Santa Fe since the 30s. He sure remembers the boom days of Route
66. Great talkin' with you, Tony. Apples never seem to go out, do they!
The trail today is pretty much a roadwalk, first up Zuni Canyon (a
dusty ordeal) into the Cibola National Forest, then up Bonita Canyon on
a two-track.
Just after turning into Bonita Canyon, come two fellows in a
pickup. They stop to chat, and I meet Roland and his son, Josh, from
Grants. They're into geo-caching and have come out to investigate a
report that someone had taken a shotgun to one of their canisters, a
plastic gallon coffee can. They show it to me. What did it in was an
inquisitive coyote, puncture marks all over the can--amazing! Josh tops
off my water bottle before they head on down to Grants. Thanks fellas!
As I near NM53 and the Zuni-Acoma Trail, the hike on down Bonita Canyon
turns beautiful and park-like--the glowing green meadow, the mature
ponderosa directing my gaze toward the red-rocked mountain, all
presenting in peaceful harmony--below an azure sky.
I pitch for the night at the edge of the first lava field. A short but
good mileage hiking day. |
|
"If the sight of the blue skies fills you with joy,
if a blade of grass springing up in the fields has power to move you,
if the simple things of nature have a message that you understand,
rejoice, for your soul is alive."
[Eleonora Duse] |
|
Monday--October 1, 2007
Trail Day--49
Trail Mile--37/2240
Location--York Ranch Road, near Wild Horse, north of Pie Town
Traffic was running steady on NM53 well into the night, but the highway
noise did not deter me from contented sleep.
This morning I awake to the most brilliant red sunrise that I've
witnessed in ages. The whole eastern horizon is ablaze. "Red sky in the
morning, sailors take warning." Yup, by nine, as I'm stumbling through
the jagged and jumbled piles of lava rock that form El Malpais (The
Badlands), the sky begins darkening over. By eleven, as I'm working my
way toward trail's end, the rain begins, just a drizzle at first, as I
stop to chat with Ralph and Joan. They're from Albuquerque, out to hike
a section of the lava fields.
Leaving El Malpais the hike turns now to NM117, a paved highway with
moderate traffic. Through the "Narrows," a squeeze play between the Los
Pilares cliffs and the McCarthy lava flow, and as the highway wiggles
between, comes cold rain, intermixed with (oh yes) my old companion,
hail.
Along, I manage decent pictures of two unique sandstone formations:
First, La Vieja (the Old Lady), then La Ventana Natural Arch (the
Window).
Since departing Grants yesterday I've been unable to replenish my
water. The ranchers have moved their cattle, so the tail-guides on all
the windmills are pulled back; no water in any of the tanks. I'm now
down to my remaining 32oz bottle. Approaching this interesting highway
warning sign, which declares "Watch for Water" (oh yes, I'm sure
watching!) approaches this auto from behind. It slows, then stops right
in the middle of the road. Down goes the driver's window--and a kind
voice asks if I need any water!
Folks, please, there's no way I can make this stuff up! Honest, the guy
hands me a fresh, unopened bottle of water. "Sorry, it's a little warm."
he remarks with a smile as he pulls away. I just stand here--in the
middle of the road, in the rain, looking first at the sign, then at the
bottle of water I'm now holding, then back at the sign, then the bottle,
the sign, the ... Thank you, Lord!
As I arrive the trail turn-off, from NM117 to a mud rut, and with the
rain continuing steady now for some six odd hours, I decide to keep
hoofing it on down the pavement. This is one of those situations where
the trail zealots can't stand having the trail on the pavement, so they
run it helter-skelter, thither and yon, no rhyme or reason, through the
canyons, across the arroyos, up the gulches, down the rutted two-tracks,
to ultimately return to the highway--on down. I go the highway--on down!
The cold rain persists, not the least pause or letup as I turn onto York
Ranch Road, a gravel road that leads generally south some thirty-plus
miles, eventually ending at US60 in Pie Town.
York Ranch has cattle, lots and lots of cattle, and they've stomped down
most everything about, including the road. Mud, mud, and more mud. As
dark descends, I look anxiously for a place to pitch for the night--any
place. As if I could actually stop and pitch anyway. No way--without an
absolute thorough soaking. The cold rain continues, hammering me
steady. The mud seems to surround me, much as a sea, and the gloom
descends to engulf me. A lady slides by, her car weaving side-to-side in
the mud. She manages a free hand, and waves. I nod. I can follow her
taillights only a moment as they disappear in the shroud. The black
mud, the black sky, the black night. I slip and slide on.
Surely this nightmare will soon end; eight o'clock, nine o'clock, ten
o'clock. I stare intently, first left, then right, trying to find the
least glimmer of light showing the road, the way. I'm in the ditch, on
the road, in the ditch. Dear Lord, I know this must end.
Ten-thirty, the rain gives. I'm climbing now. The road soon turns from
mud to sand, hard pack. I see dark forms beside me--trees! I stumble
across the ditch, get my poncho off, drop my pack. Seems hopeless,
fumbling with my useless cold sticks-for-fingers, trying to get my pack
open and retrieve my flashlight.
Finally, I manage to pitch on a bed of pine needles, then roll in, in
haste as the cold rain returns. With care, I shed my wet clothing and
shoes, mop up, and get in my dry, warm Feathered Friends bag--on my dry,
warm Therm-a-Rest pad. Thank you, dear Lord, thank you!
I know I'll not believe the miles traversed this day, when I add them up
in the morning. |
|
"Faithless is he that says farewell when the road
darkens."
[J.R.R. Tolkien] |
|
Tuesday--October 2, 2007
Trail Day--50
Trail Mile--19/2259
Location--Pie Town, New Mexico, thence to Magdalena, New Mexico
A package of tuna, a cheese and bagel sandwich, some Oreos and I was out
like a light last night.
First (and second) light this morning's not so bright, as the clutter
and gloom of yesterday lingers. Wet clothing, wet socks, wet shoes, not
the greatest beginning for this day. But I am cheered as I remind myself
that there are no bad days on the trail, that some are just the least
bit better. I'm out, pack up and truckin' before seven.
Figure I did a 37 yesterday. That should leave somewhere between 18-20
today, on down to Pie Town. I keep my soggy poncho handy but it isn't
needed. By ten, the warming sun burns off what's left of yesterday's
storm; what a joy. And the road just keeps getting wider--and dryer.
There's still no water to be had anywhere along the road. Referenced
water sources, those noted in my guide and on my maps, are long dead and
gone. By one, I'm down to less than five ounces, and the sun is doing
its job on my weary head.
At the turnoff, three miles from Pie Town, three fellows, a survey crew,
are working by the road. As I approach we exchange greetings. Then, as
casually as I can, I ask if they might spare some water. Comes a smile,
the usual questions--and a full bottle of water, followed by a Coke!
Their work finished, and as they pass me, headed for town, they stop and
offer still more water.
In Pie Town now, I beat it to the post office, there to hit the jackpot,
cards and letters from family and friends, and my bounce box. At The
Daily Pie, one of Pie Town's two famous restaurants, and on the way to
the post office, I'd noticed the survey fellows had stopped for lunch,
so I head there for a bite myself, and to thank them once more.
A week or so ago, Dwinda, my girlfriend, had called the High Country
Lodge in Magdalena, some 50 miles to the east, to enquire if I might
stay a night or two. I had pulled off there on my way through during my
transcontinental trek in '02. Sure enough, they're anxious to see me
again.
In The Daily Pie now, the survey guys are just leaving. I chance to ask,
might they be heading east, perhaps as far as Magdalena. Hey, hey, this
is my day!
No pie for this guy today, but a ride all the way to Magdalena! What a
genuine stroke of good fortune.
I finally introduce myself (as Gene and Pete clear out some room for me
in their truck). We load, and in a flash, we're headed down the road to
Magdalena!
At High Country Lodge, I'm greeted most enthusiastically by
Kathleen. "The room is yours; you're our guest while here in Magdalena!"
she beams.
Just a few short hours. Oh yes, what a difference a day makes. And
hasn't this one been a real dandy! |
|
"The Lord is wonderfully good to those who wait for
him and seek him."
[Lamentations 3:25] |
|
|
Southern Leg - 652 Miles
Pie Town, New Mexico to Campo, California - 2002
|
|
Monday--October 7, 2002
Trail Day--126
Trail Mile--2820
Location--US60, Pie Town, New Mexico, pitched at Pie-O-Neer
Restaurant.
The Datil Cafe is open this morning and I treat myself to a full
breakfast and plenty of coffee. I piddle in Datil (say daddle), not
getting out and moving till after nine, but not to worry, this will
be a relatively short hiking day of only twenty miles into Pie Town.
It's climb, climb, climb again as I near the continental divide just
this side of Pie Town. I'm standing on the divide a little after
three--at nearly 8,000 feet. From here to the coast now it should
be all downhill!
At the Pie-O-Neer Restaurant in Pie Town, I meet Chris Bennett.
Chris is from New Zealand. He's biking the Continental Divide Trail
and has stopped to work his journal entries and to have some--pie!
While we're chatting, the rain that had been threatening all day,
finally comes in. Chris laments about the incessant wind, and about
how on days when it's steady coming at him, he can make no more than
six miles per hour. It brings a smile to his face when I comment to
him, "That's still twice as fast as I'm ever moving!"
We both tarry at the Pie-O-Neer till seven, closing time. The rain
has finally let up. Chris bikes to the campground, the little red
tail light on his back blinking away. I sneak over to the shadowy
corner of the Pie-O-Neer front porch and roll out my sleeping bag
for the night. The restaurant is closed tomorrow, and I'll be out
of here at daybreak. Anyway, I just don't feel like pitching on the
cold, wet ground tonight.
Tuesday--October 8, 2002
Trail Day--127
Trail Mile--2842
Location--US60, Quemado, New Mexico, Allison Motel
The hunters are out and moving before daybreak. It's black powder
season out here on elk and antelope, and there are lots of
folks--many are families--heading for the mountains (elk) and the
open range (antelope). Some of their rigs are hilarious. Old, beat
up 4WD pickups dragging two trailers behind full of gear and ORVs
are common. For most, I suspect, the hunt is more an excuse to just
get away from the daily hum-drum and enjoy nature and the great
outdoors--more that than the actual hunt.
I'm up and off the restaurant porch at first light. It's a
crispy-cold morning. First time for my winter gear: gloves,
headband, and fleece jacket--feels good.
Folks run up and down the highway out here, constantly. I don't
have the foggiest idea where they're going; it's fifty miles from
here to anywhere (nowhere). Many who have come to recognize me stop
to offer assistance and to enquire as to my walkabout.
Two interesting distinctions about the Pie Town area (every place
has got to be famous for something): This county is the second
largest but has the least population of any county in the US. Here,
also, stands the tallest mountain in the lower forty-eight that's
still in private ownership (it's over 11,000 feet tall). Well, like
I said, "every place has got to be famous for something (even if
it's just good pie)!" So much for the continental divide, and Pie
Town.
On the twenty-two mile stretch today from Pie Town to Quemado,
there's a little dot on the map called Omega. This metropolis
consists of a fallen-down, boarded up gas station, a burned out
house trailer, a junkyard (a guy's house with lots of cars and
trucks on blocks for spare parts), and a kennel (same guy's
house--lots and lots of dogs).
Quemado is fifty miles from no place. Quemado could also be called
"no place," too. From Quemado, it's fifty miles to Springerville--the
next place that's fifty miles from no place. Folks, hiking this
far-off, no-man's land is starting to get to me. Out here is just
"no place" to be walking around. Certainly you've heard the old
saying, "You can't get there from here." Well, this is "there!"
Say, maybe the folks that are constantly driving up and down the
highway out here are just trying to get--"there."
I pull into Quemado at two-thirty--to: two cafes (one closed), one
bar (closed), and a motel (open), whoo-hee! This is it--I'm in.
Sure hope I can keep getting "there" from here in the morning!
Wednesday--October 9, 2002
Trail Day--128
Trail mile--2876
Location--US60, one mile east of New Mexico/Arizona border,
pitched by dry gulch under Pinon Pine.
I gave Quemado a bum rap in my last journal entry--said it "...could
be called 'no place'." Well, Quemado is really fine, a neat trail
town. There are three motels and at least as many cafes. The motel
I stayed at was okay. The food at the little cafe, El Sarape, was
great, and there's a grocery, of sorts. In keeping with the "gotta
be famous for something" concept out here, Quemado was home many
years ago to a grand entourage of rodeo cowboys that roamed about
with the western shows. They called a nearby canyon home. Don't
know their names. The word, quemado, is Spanish for burned. That
makes sense. Everything around here is brown.
Going out of town this morning, I pass a sign that says Quemado sits
on the site of what was an extinct volcano. That sets me wondering,
isn't it still extinct?
The next place for any services--that means water--is fifty miles
west, so I'm toting a ton of water, which wasn't needed. But better
safe than sorry. At twenty-four miles comes the crossroads of Red
Hill, where there's a realty office. And although they're closed,
there's an outside spigot that works. I fill up again and head for
the Arizona border some eleven miles west. Dusk beats me though, so
I pull off and pitch, just one mile short. This will be my last
night in New Mexico.
Getting across this state has taken a very long time, and it has
been a long, long walk.
Thursday--October 10, 2002
Trail Day--129
Trail Mile--2892
Location--US60, Springerville, Arizona, White Mountain Motel
As soon as the sun drops behind the mountain, the temperature drops
right along with it now. I'd sure rather bury way down in my
Feathered Friends bag, though, and have cold nights, than have the
sun drilling me like it was through Kansas, Oklahoma, and New
Mexico. These recent days have been great for hiking, cool and
clear, with just the least breeze. I'm out and off to another
perfect one today.
Just as the sun comes up, I reach the border between New Mexico and
Arizona. Here is the zero mile marker for New Mexico, and mile
marker 401 for Arizona. Numbers like 401 don't deter me anymore
though, because I know I'll get the miles whittled away. And when I
cross into California, there'll be only half that distance, a little
over 200 miles remaining.
To my delight, when I reach Springerville, I've picket up another
hour. Arizona ignores daylight savings time, so they're in the same
time zone as California part of the year. So I'm in at
eleven-thirty! And this is a neat trail town. Restaurants and the
post office right near White Mountain Motel, a very clean,
reasonably priced place. I've done 50 miles in the last two days,
and I'm in before noon. That'll work!
Another famous and historic western town, Springerville, Arizona.
Coronado passed through here. In 1910, the "Ocean to Ocean" auto
tour road was built through here, and to support it--and remaining
to this day--the oldest Ford dealership west of the Mississippi!
Friday--October 11, 2002
Trail Day--130
Trail Mile--2921
Location--US60, pitched under Pinon Pine by road west of Vernon,
Arizona
Heading out of Springerville this morning, and across from the post
office where I bounce my box along to Blythe, California, stands
another beautiful statue of "Madonna of the Trail." This likeness
of a pioneer woman with long dress, sun bonnet, and a smiling child
on her hip is even larger and more striking than the one in Council
Grove, Kansas. I don't suppose there've been many who've walked
through Springerville from such a far distance since those days
depicted by the Madonna. This statue certainly reminds me that many
then surely suffered and endured in their passing of these
incredibly long, open spaces--as have I.
Also near the west end of town is the old movie theatre. It has
been modernized, the old adobe walls plastered over, but it is still
the same building where silent movies were first shown in
Springerville. The original popcorn machine has survived all the
"flicks" since those bygone times, and is still happily popping
away!
By quarter to five, I'm at the neat little Midway Store near
Vernon. This gives me fifteen minutes to look around, get a couple
burritos warmed up in the microwave, and pick up some chips and a
pop. There's a payphone on the wall outside and an old wood stump
to sit on while calling family back in Florida.
As the owner walks by with the cash tray, to his home right next, he
wishes me well on the remainder of my trek.
I manage three more miles west before the sun sets on me. As dark
descends, I clear the scatter of volcanic rock from under a Pinon
Pine, set my tent, and call it a day.
Saturday--October 12, 2002
Trail Day--131
Trail Mile--2948
Location--SR260, Linden, Arizona, thence to home of Don and
Jeanette Gullett, Pinetop, Arizona
I'm up and on the road early, with childlike anticipation, for this
evening I've been invited to the home of Don and Jeanette Gullett.
Don and I were classmates during our time in professional school in
Memphis, Tennessee. The last time we saw each other was on
graduation day in 1966. That was thirty-six years ago!
I arrive just before noon at Dr. Gullett's office. His receptionist
looks at me with puzzled amusement when I tell her that Don and I
are friends, and that he is expecting me.
Don has done very well in the thirty-six years since I saw him last
(put on a little weight, though).
He's got his own modern office right on the main drag--called "Deuce
of Clubs." The name of the town and many of the streets, well,
that's another story. We spend good time in his lounge before I
head back out again to chalk up a few more miles before dark.
Don comes to fetch me at four, then whisks me away to his lovely old
home in Pinetop. Here I see Jeanette again. We sit and enjoy a
great time--and a great steak dinner! What a great day!
Sunday--October 13, 2002
Trail Day--132
Trail Mile--2978
Location--SR260, Heber, Arizona, Canyon View Motel
I had a great time with my old friends, the Gulletts, in Pinetop.
It's amazing what one can accumulate from day-to-day over thirty-six
years. Their house--plus sheds and a garage--are packed with all
sorts of it. For example, Don still has his first automobile, a 34
Ford five window coupe. It's stored in the garage, with lots and
lots of other stuff. A 34 Ford, folks, amazing!
Now, let me tell you about Show Low and the origin of this town with
the peculiar name. Seems as though, back in the mid to late
eighteen-hundreds, there were two families cooperatively ranching
100,000 acres of range in Arizona. They soon realized the land
could not support two families, so they decided that one of them
needed to go. Problem was, neither wanted to buy the other out.
They finally decided to settle the matter over a game of poker known
as seven-up. In this card game, seven cards are dealt to each
player. Each then turns a card up. The high card takes the point.
And so the game goes to the last card. In this game, each of the
gentlemen had won three points. So, the winner was to be
determined by the turn of the last card. Clark, one of the
gentlemen, knew that his odds of winning with a three, his last card
were slim to none. So, he said to Cooley, the other gentlemen,
"show low" and you win. Cooley turned up the lowly deuce of clubs.
By winning the last point, Cooley retained his 50,000 acres, and
became the sole owner of the entire ranch, including Clark's 50,000
acres. The ranch became known as Show Low Ranch. Clark lost the
card game--and his land, but managed to keep something much more
valuable, his friendship with Cooley. They became partners in land
development, creating a town in Arizona now known as Show Low. Oh,
and the main drag is called Deuce of Clubs!
Don and Jeanette have me back on the road by six-thirty, on a cool,
clear day. I hike it on into Heber for the evening and pull off at
Canyon View Motel.
Thanks, Don and Jeanette, for your kindness and hospitality!
Monday--October 14, 2002
Trail Day--133
Trail Mile--3007
Location--SR260, west of Mogollon Rim, thence to Budget Inn,
Payson, Arizona
Another day of great excitement and anticipation, for today I'll see
my very dear friend, Dan "Sheltowee" Rogers. Dan's true "hiker
trash" from way back. With thousands of trail miles behind him, he
began an incredible hiker's hiker odyssey in 2001. Coming out of
his home in Stubenville, Ohio, he headed southwest, through every
state, clear to Arizona. Here, last April, he interrupted his
transcontinental hike in Payson, the little town just ahead of me
here in Arizona. For the past few weeks, we've been in touch and
have made plans to link our individual odysseys in Payson, then
continue west together to the Pacific Ocean at San Diego. I've been
hoping on hope that all would work out, that we would be able to get
together as planned.
Well, Dan will be picking me up at the end of this day, on SR260,
just below the Mogollon Rim, here, east of Payson, thence to shuttle
me on into Payson! Tomorrow morning, he'll bring me back out, to
complete the remaining 25 miles or so into Payson, then, Wednesday
morning we'll head for the Pacific together!
The terrain changes drastically today. I see the last of the grand,
majestic Ponderosa Pine as I drop down, down, down, off the Mogollon
Rim. In the midst of extensive highway construction on SR260, and
right on cue, Dan comes to fetch me. Oh, what a great day, seeing
my old friend again--out here in what seems the middle of nowhere.
Tuesday--October 15, 2002
Trail Day--134
Trail Mile--3030
Location--SR260, Payson, Arizona, Budget Inn.
Dan and I had a great time last, catching up on everything in our
respective lives since we last hiked together way back on the
Appalachian Trail.
I'm out again to the dust and dirt at the construction site on SR260
before eight as Dan drops me off, waves and heads back to Payson.
This is the day I've been waiting for, as I'll finally catch up with
Sheltowee in Payson today.
The nice, fully-paved shoulder gives way and the traffic is heavy
and flying. By mid-afternoon, and as I'm hypnotically plodding
along, I hear, "Nomad, hey Nomad." I stop and turn to see Sheltowee
standing in front of the local American Legion. Arm and arm, in we
go, to laugh and have a few cold ones. Then it's back to the hike
as I hammer the remaining mile to the motel.
In the evening, it's a great steak and baked potato--in the company
of a great friend! Ah yes, life is good!
Wednesday--October 15, 2002
Trail Day--135
Trail Mile--3052
Location--Bull Spring, Mazantzal Wilderness, Tonto National
Forest, Arizona
This morning Sheltowee and I are out together, heading west into
the Mazatzal Wilderness, a vast tract of rugged mountainous terrain
that ranges in altitude from 1,300 to over 11,000 feet, smack in the
middle of the 3,000,000 acre Tonto National Forest.
The pavement is quickly behind us as we climb the rutted,
boulder-strewn road, up, up, up. It's so good to have company
again, to be hiking with a seasoned, veteran hiker, my friend,
Sheltowee. Loneliness can become such a daunting, clenching,
crushing foe. In awhile we reach a locked gate that controls
vehicle access to the wilderness. There are still a couple of
sprawling ranches totally within the forest. First comes Doll Baby
Ranch, then LF Ranch. Doll Baby seems remote enough, way back at
what we thought was the end of the "road." But, miles beyond, and
as we struggle up, down, around and through rocks, deep powder dirt,
and yawning washouts that would swallow a tank--and as we near LF
Ranch, we hear a vehicle approaching. To our disbelief, comes
lumbering an old two-ton stake truck, two cowboys--and a cow, all
lurching wildly.
What luck, as we're already in a quandary as to our location. The
happy-go-lucky fellow driving gives us good directions--along with a
frowning comment as to what we were about to head into.
Oh yes, throw the mileage measuring gauges out--might as well just
throw the maps away, too, for little did we know the weird time warp
we were about to enter. Our first trail junction looks to be about
two miles out. We climb, climb, and climb some more. We're above
the ranches now, above all the low-lying ridges--one hour, two
hours--no junction. Surely we've missed our turn, but at the top of
the climb, and in this gap, we finally reach our first turn, hours
after we should have been here. We had planned on reaching the
Verde River by nightfall. As we look at the map, to our dismay, we
find we've barely covered any of the distance to the river. "It's
closer to forty miles out there; it'll take you days to reach the
river," echo now the words of the rancher. Not near as smug, the
gravity of his words begin to sink in. "He doesn't know the kind of
miles we can cover," I remember thinking. Now I'm thinking, "We
better start covering some miles if we're gonna get out of here;
we've got two days of food, that's all!"
By late evening we're both out of water. We're in the true high
desert now, for earlier we passed the first saguaro cactus, the tall
human-looking cactus with arms. The map shows a spring ahead. It's
ahead all right, way ahead. We're in luck, the spring has stopped
running, but there are tadpoles at home, swimming the water in both
tanks. Sheltowee pumps the green haze out of quarts and quarts of
it. Our thirst finally slaked, we pitch for the night above the dry
gulch next the spring. We're already rationing food in anticipation
of an extended stay, much longer than two days, in these heavenly
heaved-up crags of the Mazatzal Wilderness.
Thursday--October 16, 2002
Trail Day--136
Trail Mile--3069
Location--FR18/Verde River, Mazatzal Wilderness, Tonto National
Forest, Arizona
I pitched last night, tent fly on but rolled back. About three,
and with haste, I scurried out to pull it down as a heavy electric
storm lumbered through. Okay, so apparently it does rain in the
desert.
By seven the storm moves on east and the sky clears, revealing that
remarkable haze-free blue that's typical of the desert, clear, clear
to the horizon. We're out and moving before eight, bound for the
Verde River. Hopefully, we'll get there today--where we'd hoped to
be yesterday. Mid-morning, our first stop is Cow Trap Spring, a
little trickle next an old line shack. Here, we water-up and have a
bite to eat--a cheese sandwich each.
As we venture further into the wilderness, and at seemingly every
turn and rise, is revealed more and varyied species of cactus--tall,
skinny ones, stumpy, barrel-shaped ones, spindly branched ones,
puffy, cuddly-looking ones, each with its unmistakable needles,
darts and quills. One particularly natty fellow comes on in
unavoidable abundance--as the day also comes on. It's called
"jumping cholla," for it seems to literally jump to impale with its
ball of spikes. We've named it "holy jumping hollow-points," for
once the spikes penetrate the skin they seem to literally explode,
making them painful and almost impossible to extract, worse than an
augered-in tick!
By early afternoon, we finally reach the Verde River, but we're
unable to find the trail crossing. The Verde is a formidable river,
wide and rolling. We look upstream, downstream, reluctantly
settling on an area of rapids. We both make the ford safely, but
the going is slow and scary. Once on the far side, we're unable to
find a trace of trail or the road leading west. Our maps show a
forest road within a few-hundred yards of the river, but as we climb
a ridge nearest for vantage, there is no road to be found within
miles. Something is wrong, badly wrong. Time to keep cool heads,
to make right decisions. Flashes through my mind now the rancher's
heedful words of warning, "People have perished in the Mazatzal."
We wisely decide to turn back. Once more, reluctantly, we ford the
fast-rushing Verde. By the time we return to the trail junction
high on the ridge east of the Verde it's mid-afternoon. Studying
the maps, we decide to continue hiking south, following the trail
along the Verde River canyon. At least we'll have water nearby
should our journey here turn even more protracted.
By late evening, the trail leads us once again to the Verde River.
Across the river, high on the river bluff is another corral, another
line shack. The river here is wide and shallow, so we decide to
ford again, to spend the night at the line shack. Thunderheads have
been building full around all day, and as the evening settles, they
unify their strength, bringing down a crashing crescendo of thunder
and lightning. We fill our water bottles, then make haste to the
shelter of the rusty tin building. We're no sooner in than the wind
drives through in a rage--but there comes no rain, not a drop.
Supper today is another cheese sandwich apiece.
We think we are at Sheep Bridge. We know we are on the Verde
River. Tomorrow we will find that we're half right--but out here
half right isn't good, not good at all.
Friday--October 17, 2002
Trail Day--137
Trail Mile--3092
Location--Horseshoe Dam, Tonto National Forest, Arizona
Thinking we're at Sheep Bridge and looking at our maps, shows a
forest service road leading further south beside the winding Verde,
all the way to Horseshoe Reservoir at Humboldt Mountain. So, we
ford the Verde once again to search for the road--no road, not a
trace of a road anywhere. Decision time again. Again we decide to
stick to the Verde and continue south on a rugged bushwhack, in
hopes of intersecting the road at some point.
Here, the river goes to meandering, as rivers often do, into
incredible oxbows and wide sweeping bends. The canyon is deep, with
sheer cliffs towering nearly a thousand feet. The canyon rim
becomes interrupted now, much as is the canyon of the far-off
Restigouche in Canada. Gulches cut deep, carving out their own
canyons, with their individual overhanging bluffs, to reach far
inland of the river. Putting these rim gaps behind us is incredibly
slow. We must scramble through loose rock, shale and the ubiquitous
cactus, for what seems like mile after painfully dangerous mile
before returning to the main canyon wall. Time and again we search
our maps for some hint of order to this incredible jumble. The
mountains, the cliffs, the canyons, they're so massive, so
magnificent and majestic--but there seems no rhyme or reason. We
are lost. We're right next the Verde River alright, but we're sure
as hell lost!
Finally, claiming yet another steep cactus choked ridge, happens a
faint trail. We jump on it. Hey, it's going where we want to go.
It's getting more defined, there's cairns now. This is a trail! In
awhile, we reach a fence, a gate. The sign reads, "Mazatzal
Wilderness, Tonto National Forest." We're out of the wilderness
now, but where are we? Finally, the puzzle pieces together as
Sheltowee heaves a sigh of relief, followed by, "Oh, no!"
Well folks, the reason nothing has made sense on the maps is because
we're nowhere near as far along as we thought. Two seasoned
backpackers--we should have known, or at least suspected as much.
Where we had expected to be on our first night in the wilderness had
taken us two full hiking days to reach.
At two in the afternoon we finally reach Sheep Bridge, a beautiful
pedestrian (sheep) bridge over the long, sweeping Verde. Here we
meet folks out on their quad-tracs for the day, Bob and Bev Wright
and Bob Dill. They load us up with all the food they've brought for
the day. From here, we hike on down the road we were looking for
all morning, to the reservoir at Horseshoe Lake. Here we pitch for
the night by the dam outfall to hastily down the MRE given us by the
Wrights. Tomorrow we'll finally complete our "two day" hike through
the Mazatzal Wildernes.
Saturday--October 18, 2002
Trail Day--138
Trail Mile--3117
Location--Cave Creek Road/Scottsdale Road, Carefree, Arizona,
thence to Motel 6, Phoenix
The excitement, the adrenaline-pump of chancing through the
wilderness is behind us now. We're up, break camp and are on our
way toward Carefree by eight. Ahead of us today is a road walk, a
good bit uphill as we pull away from the Verde River canyon.
Beginning the climb at the reservoir, we're at 2,120 feet, reaching
3,740 feet at the gap by Humboldt Mountain.
Gaining the pass, we turn for one more look back at Squaw Butte,
Cactus Ridge, and the grand, towering massif of Mazatzal. Before us
and on the southern horizon loom the mysterious Superstitions and
Weaver's Needle.
As we head on down the mountain I'm thinking, much as when the hike
was all downhill toward the conclusion of "Odyssey 2000-01"--the
excitement of it will add spice to life's great memories, but at the
same time, I'm definitely ready for the ending. We'll be in
California in just another week.
In Carefree, there are few commercial businesses despite a
population of nearly 5,000. The place is Ritz beyond description.
Even the main power, where usually there's clutter after clutter of
poles, is all underground. There are no signs, even on the
municipal buildings. At the main intersection, there's a lone forty
year old Shell station--and it looks like they'll be pushed out
soon.
After three nights and four days in the wilderness, we're ready for
a shower, a good meal and a bed, so we call a cab and head for
Phoenix.
Sunday--October 19, 2002
Trail Day--139
Trail Mile--3117
Location--Carefree/Phoenix, Arizona, Motel 6
We have decided to burn a day and rest our bones. I haven't taken
any time from the hike since coming back on at Santa Fe. I get
caught up on journal entries and email while Sheltowee enjoys the
football game.
In the evening, we are picked up by Sheri "Second Chance" Guida, who
I met on the Appalachian Trail during "Odyssey '98." Sheri lives
nearby in Peoria, Arizona. First, we run by REI to get new Leki
tips for Dan's hiking sticks, then it's to Sheri's lovely home for a
sensational pasta dinner.
Monday--October 21, 2002
Trail Day--140
Trail Mile--3141
Location--SR74, Lake Pleasant Aqueduct, Arizona
Second Chance comes for us at seven to shuttle us back to Carefree.
Along, we stop at a Good Egg, a local breakfast place for some more
hiker fuel. It's great to chat and spend some time with Second
Chance again. We met, then said good-bye, by chance, at The Place
in Damascus, Virginia, in '98. Second Chance had used up her
"second chance" and was leaving the Appalachian Trail, and I was on
my northbound AMT/ECT jaunt at the time. In my book, "Ten Million
Steps," I recall commenting, with much sadness, about the
reality--the likelihood of never seeing may of these new friends,
ever again, folks that had sought shelter that rainy night under the
old tin roof at The Place. So, indeed, it is a joy to see Second
Chance again, clear out here in Phoenix, Arizona. Thanks, Second
Chance, thanks for your help, for your kindness.
We've got just one turn to make today, off Scottsdale Road onto
Carefree Highway. Plodding, we walk right past it. Sheltowee says,
"I think that's our turn," then with heads down, we both walk right
through it--for a mile and a half. After awhile, we finally turn
around, adding the additional three miles to the twenty-four for the
day. "In the morning after blues, with my head down to my
shoes--Carefree Highway, let me slip away--slip away on you." Don't
know if Gordon Lightfoot ever tripped down Carefree Highway, but he
sure pegged it for Sheltowee and me, we both had our heads down to
our shoes this morning.
It's another blue-perfect day in the desert, what else! Guess
that's what attracts the hob-nobs and retirees to this barren
desolation of boulders, rocks--and cactus and mounds of sand and
dirt. Through the bluntly naked starkness of it, there does present
a forbidding-yet-seductive sort of raw beauty all about. The jagged
horizon for 360 does little to soften the edges, but the wide,
powder-blue dome above goes far to tone down and burnish the harsh,
hard, brass of it. I could never get used to living out here. Give
me a soft, green meadow, back dropped by that warm, purple mountain
majesty, a gently rolling river through--and close down this
incredible ocean of sky; there's my place, my home.
It's a long day of pounding to reach the only water in miles, the
Lake Pleasant Aqueduct leading to Phoenix. Sheltowee boosts me up
and over the chain-link fence where I pump water for the evening and
for all of tomorrow.
What a glorious night under the desert sky, stars and satellites,
and a near-full moon--but, oh yes, never far away, the
eighteen-wheelers jake-braking the hill down.
Tuesday--October 22, 2002
Trail Day--141
Trail Mile--3172
Location--US60, Wickenburg, Arizona, AmericInn
Dan slept under the stars on his Therm-a-Rest. I had my little
Nomad up, without the fly.
It's full no-seeum, all four panels, just like under the stars. I
like being away from the creepy-crawlies, all my things where I can
find them next morning.
We're up and out a little after six as we've got a thirty into
Wickenburg. That's the next water source along our route. We no
sooner get crankin' than both of us bail off by the rocks and
creosote bushes to tend our daily duty. Dan comes back on the road
wild-eyed. Seems that where he squatted was also the home for one
of the locals--a sidewinder. A few not-so-friendly rattles had let
Dan know he wasn't welcome.
Only a mile or so further we chance upon our first tarantula.
Danged if these aren't bigspiders! Then, just a little further
along, Dan breaks the monotony, the noise of our clicking poles, as
he opines that he'll probably pitch his tent, too, from now on!
The road to Wickenburg is straight and long, clear to the wide,
unreachable horizon. We plod toward it, each in our separate
hypnotic trance. Distances out here absolutely defy measure.
Wheels hack at the miles faster, but roads that lift in a mirage to
the sky testeven the most patient. Walking that path, well, that's
another matter entirely. Indeed,
to walk these barren landscapes leads one onto, then down the
endless treadmill of time--I
see Sheltowee moving, he can certainly see me moving, but the
roadway, the mountainsalong, everything seems to be making the
journey with us. Ahh, but it's just another of those days, I
suppose, one more day in the woof and warp that bends and weaves the
fabric of everything.
We arrive Wickenburg late evening. Once again the sun has beat us
in. We're both very tired, ready for an oasis. We find it in the
form of AmericInn, where we pull off andcall it a day.
Wednesday--October 23, 2002
Trail Day--142
Trail Mile--3172
Location--US60, Wickenburg, Arizona, AmericInn
The road west will be there tomorrow. This is a day for much needed
rest.
Thursday--October 24, 2002
Trail Day--143
Trail Mile--3199
Location--US60, Aguila, Arizona, Burro Jim Motel
What a great stay at the AmericInn of Wickenburg, first class all
the way. The people,
the service, the best. Thanks Marilu and Bill, and Betty Sheri,
Louie, Cheryl, Courtney,
Debbie, Carolyn, Brandon and Anthony.
We're out a little before seven to hike the remainder of
Wickenburg. But first, it's a stop at McDonalds for breakfast, then
to the food mart for a few snacks for the day. Then we're bound for
the little village of Aguilla, some 27 miles to the west on another
cool, clear day.
More wide open spaces, and more long, straight highway. The traffic
is light, however, and there's a fully paved shoulder. Conditions
just couldn't be much better. And we break below the 100 mile mark
for Arizona today. Less than 100 miles to the last
stateline...California!
By late afternoon, we've done the miles to pull in to the Burro Jim
Motel. It's been a good hiking day.
Friday--October 25, 2002
Trail Day--144
Trail Mile--3228
Location--US60, Salome, Arizona, Sheffler's Motel
Great stay at the Burro Jim Motel--and the next door bar with all
the gang, Sandra, Sandra, Topaz, Debbie, and Jimmy.
We're out to another fine day, although a long one, 29 miles, and no
water. Dan's been having some breakin with his feet again, but he's
a trooper, taking off full tilt, pushing all the way through.
It's another wide and seemingly endless valley-walk on the highlands
of Arizona, mountains looming both sides the entire distance. One
interesting mountain is named Eagle Eye Peak. Near the summit sits
a huge rock, which, with the light reflecting from it, appears the
mountain has a hole clear through it, thus the interesting name, as
it shines likes an eagle's eye.
Before sunset, we arrive at the little town of Salome--to a motel
and cafe right by. This has been a fine day.
Saturday--October 26, 2002
Trail Day--145
Trail Mile--3250
Location--US60, Brenda, Arizona, Black Rock Motel
A storm has slammed the coast of Mexico, moving across south into
Texas leaving the weather very unsettled north and west of us. I'm
up at six and head over to the food mart for coffee. On the way
back to the motel room the rain begins, so Sheltowee and I sit back
and enjoy our coffee before making a dash for the cafe for
breakfast.
By the time we're out and hiking at eight, the skies have cleared to
the west, bringing a cool, wind free morning. US60 follows a long,
expansive valley with majestic sawtooth mountains looming on both
sides. We climbed into this high valley Thursday coming out of
Wickenburg and have been in it ever since. Looks like we'll
continue for at least another day. More dust devils to entertain
us, high, near-perfect columns of dirt whipped and swirled upward
toward the sky for hundreds of feet.
I finally must hike awhile in the rain, as the clouds come across
the mountain draped with curtains of gray. We don our foul weather
gear for just awhile, until the rain moves on past. This is the
first I've hiked in the rain since western Missouri.
Lots of quail today--and bigger birds, fighters flying maneuvers up
and down the valley.
Fourteen more days to the sea. One more night in Arizona. We'll
cross into California day after tomorrow. It's great having
company; Sheltowee and me, we're having a grand time.
Sunday--October 27, 2002
Trail Day--146
Trail Mile--3268
Location--I-10, Quartzite, Arizona, pitched in dry wash across
from McDonalds
The storm of yesterday is way east of us now, but it's still visible
on the eastern horizon. We're off to another cool, clear morn as we
hike our last full day in Arizona. 401 miles is a very long
distance to watch the mile markers slowly tick down.
Four miles into the hike today we run out of US60, a wide-shouldered
friend that has treated us very kind. I-10 has buried the western
extent of this great highway, as there is no room through the passes
for both. At ten we hike down the on ramp to I-10. Within minutes,
we see the flashing lights of a patrol car coming toward us. Seems
it hasn't taken long to face the music. But just as it appears
we've had it, the officer pulls a motorist over right in front of
us. As we continue, we must pass the patrolman. He greets us with
a hello and a smile. After four or five minutes of conversation, he
gets around to explaining that pedestrian traffic is not permitted
on the interstate. The lady in the auto gets fidgety. Finally, she
comes out of her vehicle and walks back toward us. The officer
motions her back, telling her to be patient, that he'll be with her
shortly. Shortly lasts another five minutes as officer Parker
becomes intrigued with our respective odysseys. In awhile, he nods
his head and motions us on west--along I-10.
The truckers have quite the diversion today, two hikers walking the
interstate shoulder. Most all give us the high sign, and many pull
the air horn chain. The traffic is rolling hard and steady, but
it's great fun--a diversion for us, too.
In the evening, we take the exit to Quartzite to look for a room for
the night. There are two motels within a block of each other.
Seems they're in cahoots. Both are dumps. Both want fifty bucks
for a room. Neither one has phones. We opt to pitch for the night,
a good decision. The evening is cool, and we find the perfect spot,
a dry wash less than a block from McDonalds.
Monday--October 28, 2002
Trail Day--147
Trail Mile--3293
Location--I-10, Blythe, California, Royal Pacific Inn
Another day of excited anticipation. Today, I will cross the final
state line on this transcontinental odyssey--California! By
seven-fifteen, we're back to the grind of I-10. There's seventeen
miles of Arizona remaining, all interstate. By twelve-fifteen,
we've knocked them out. We're at the Colorado River, the state line
between Arizona and California. What a moment for me. North
Carolina is behind me, Virginia is behind me, so, too, for DC,
Maryland, Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana,
Illinois, Missouri, Kansas, the Oklahoma Panhandle, the northwest
corner of Texas, New Mexico and now Arizona, over thirty-two hundred
miles. California and the desert is all that lies between me and
the Pacific Ocean. This odyssey is within two weeks of becoming
history. Yes, this is a special time--standing here on the Colorado
River bridge. Getting here's been a long, long haul.
From the river, it's a short hike along a little-used road into
Blythe. Crossing the Colorado has put us in the Pacific Time zone,
so we pick up another hour. First stop is the post office where I
retrieve my bounce box. Oh, and lots of mail! Sheltowee has picked
up an add booklet with motel coupons. After a little review we beat
it to the best deal, Royal Pacific Inn right downtown.
Tuesday--October 29, 2002
Trail Day--148
Trail Mile--3310
Location--SR78, Palo Verde, California, Lagoon Lodge
As we hike out from Blythe, I try to remember, but there is no way I
can remember all the great friends I've seen along this hike. Like,
just this past Sunday entering Quartzite--a car pulled to the curb;
the driver waved with much jubilation, passed, then turned and
returned. As soon as I saw the guy, I told Sheltowee, "This fellow
and me, we've met before." Sure enough, it's old Billy Goat. We me
at the ALDHA Gathering a number of years ago. He was present at my
first Gathering presentation that year. Billy Goat has hiked the
Appalachian Trail, the Pacific Crest Trail and the Continental
Divide Trail, the three trails collectively and commonly known among
hiking circles as "The Triple Crown." Billy Goat is a true hiking
veteran. We had a grand time talking trail at a local watering hole
in Quartzite.
The hike today zigs and zags along SR78, through the lush hay fields
along the Valley of the Colorado. Desert soil is fertile soil.
Lack of water is the reason things don't grow out here, but where
there's water, as here in the valley, the miles and miles of flats
can be irrigated. And that's just what they do. It seems
incredible, but it is true that the hay farmers hereabouts get
seventeen cuts a year from their irrigated fields, one every three
weeks. So, passing through today, we're thinking it's harvest time,
what with the mowers, rakes, and balers running, and the eighteen
wheelers hauling, but what we see is just business as usual. Here,
they've even got forklifts that are tagged and run the highways at
sixty plus!
So along we go, following the irrigation canals, first south, then
west, then back south again, along the perfectly squared sections of
land. Shortly comes a car and pulls to the shoulder, and we're
joyfully greeted by Cindy, the kind barmaid we'd met yesterday at
the American Legion in Blythe. She's headed to work and stops to
wish us well on the remainder of our journey. By two-thirty, we're
in Palo Verde, a short, wide spot in the road. Here's a post
office, two bars, a restaurant and motel (four rooms), a Laundromat
and food mart, all within a two block area. Palo Verde is a trail
town!
We check into the Lagoon Lodge, then hit the Lagoon Saloon for
supper, a few cold ones--and a friendly game of pool. It's been a
fine day, for sure.
Wednesday--October 30, 2002
Trail Day--149
Trail Mile--3334
Location--SR78, pitched behind Border Patrol Station near
Buzzards Peak, California
We had a really great stay last at Lagoon Lodge...and a great
breakfast this morning at Lagoon Saloon. Dan ordered ham with his
eggs and taters. Dang, tell you what, I've never seen such a
serving of ham! Two half-inch slices from the top of the hock, a
full eight inches in diameter. Dan tried, but he just couldn't put
it away. I ordered bacon with my eggs and had the waitress pack the
bacon in a Ziploc to stoke me later.
A block down, heading west out of town is a local grocery store. I
load up for the next three days we'll spend crossing (more of) the
desert--burritos, plenty of cheese, crackers, and, oh yes, sugar
candy. Palo Verde is one great little trail town--add this little
place in the southwestern desert to the list of great trail towns!
The gals at Lagoon Saloon even remembered Swamp Eagle, my dear
hiking friend from Florida, who passed through on his
transcontinental horseback trek a few years ago.
Dan heads out ahead of me. The day is another perfect one, cool and
wind-free. We just couldn't have timed our hike across the desert
any better. What a wonderful payoff for all we've endured--the
rain, the cold, the relentless, pressing, blistering heat, the
constant wind, and all the dismal days of just grinding the miles
along this disappearing road to the endless horizon.
We continue passing square miles of irrigated alfalfa fields, the
tractors working their perennial crop. Past the last irrigation
canal, we climb away to the west again, toward Palo Verde Peak.
The passing hay trucks, the drivers who've come to know us--and who
wonk-wonk as they pass, offer some diversion to the desert left and
desert right. By late evening, we've banged out another 24, to pull
into the Border Patrol Station. The place is shut down, has been
for awhile. We pitch behind, to spend the evening scanning the
crystal clear, star-filled desert sky...a great way to spend the
first day of my 64th year on this earth.
Thursday--October 31, 2002
Trail Day--150
Trail Mile--3359
Location--SR78, pitches in desert west of Algodones Dunes,
Chocolate Mountains, California
Dan made a sweep through the desert a few weeks ago while waiting
for me to catch up with him in Payson, Arizona. Along the way, he
cached a few gallons of water at strategic points. What a joy
yesterday and again this morning to arrive at the little oasis spots
he'd placed for us.
Our hike today takes us further southwest, past old gold mines right
and left, remains of the diggings still evident. I just don't know
how the old sourdoughs survived out here, hacking at the dirt and
rocks, no water within fifty miles, but it's apparent they did.
There's commercial mining here now, with piles of tailings that look
like mountains themselves--and miles and miles of six-foot high
chain link fence with razor wire on top, presumably to "protect" the
few turtles that somehow manage to survive in this God-forsaken
place. Fences with razor wire to protect turtles. No fences,
whatsoever, to protect us, to keep us out of the vast naval aerial
gunnery and bombing range all along the road--weird. But then, we
are in California now.
By early afternoon, we've reached the "beach," named for the
Imperial sand dunes--but there's no water, a minor oversight.
Officially, the 200+ square miles of pure, uninterrupted, undulating
waves of sands are known as Imperial Dunes Recreation Area. Dune
buggies, quad tracs, motorcycles and cool-looking jeeps are
everywhere. The two, big weekends of the year are upcoming.
Estimates are for over 100,000 people to show for great fun. The
whacko (socialistic) element of the environmental movement, they've
been here, too, oh yes. Predictably, and true to form, they've
managed to come up with something labeled "endangered"--a little
clump of "rare" grass that supposedly grows nowhere else but here in
these dunes. They've managed to shut down part of the area. Of
course, they could care less about eliminating this multi-billion
dollar industry that helps support the southern California
economy--that shrouded agenda being their true objective. It's sad,
it really is, because what damage is being done to the dunes, if
indeed there is any, will be quickly erased by the next good
windstorm that comes driving through--along with the little clumps
of rare grass.
Hiking up and over the dunes is near a spiritual experience. The
heaped-up mounds, the uninterrupted, undulating waves of sand
stretching to and beyond the horizon, it's baffling. There is no
number that man could possibly conceive let alone ever comprehend,
to get a handle on the individual and infinite number of grains of
sand that make up this little corner God's vast creation.
Hundreds and hundreds of vehicles towing campers and trailers loaded
with ORVs pass us as we hike on west. At dusk we pull off to
stealth camp on the road fringe next the bombing range
Friday--November 1, 2002
Trail Day--151
Trail Mile--3383
Location--SR78, Brawley, Califoria, Townhouse Lodge
Yesterday was a great hiking day. Late afternoon, as Sheltowee and
I shared the joy of it, and at that very moment did the hike turn
even better. A SUV pulled to the shoulder, with both driver and
passenger bailing out to greet us with beaming smiles. There we met
Kelly and Dick, two weekend sand rats. Lots of questions, but not
before the hatch door came open, the cooler lid went up--and
Sheltowee and me both had an ice cold Coors shoved in our hands!
Yes, it was one fine day.
We hit the road early this morning. No sooner do we get cranking
than we arrive at Sheltowee's last water cache. Perfect planning,
Sheltowee! We load, then hook the empty container to my pack. We're
graced with yet another cool, clear day for trekking west. By
mid-morning we drop off East Mesa into the lush Imperial Valley.
We've been hiking the high elevations, with low desert humidity for
many, many days, but in less than an hour, we're dropping below sea
level--zero, minus 100, minus 200, and we're still dropping, as the
humidity climbs. I'm not used to this moisture, and my shirt and
hiking shorts soon become soaked with perspiration. But no
complaints, no complaints at all.
The mountains are behind us for awhile now, the hazy horizon that is
characteristic of California before us. No more rugged, sawteeth's
looming, which we've become accustomed to seeing at the edge,
converging with the blue across the wide, bold Arizona and
California expanse of desert. Our destination today is the town of
Brawley. As we continue west, does the line of campers and
truck-drawn ORV trailers continue east to the "beach." It's really
quite remarkable, the numbers that pass us. Off-road riding the
sand is obviously great sport for both individuals and families.
By late morning we're in Brawley to check into the Townhouse Lodge.
It's steak and baked potato for supper. Late evening, just as
Sheltowee and I try guessing the location of his good friend,
Dodger, comes a knock on our door--it's Dodger! Dennis Ham, trail
name, Dodger, has hiked along with Sheltowee off and on since he
left his home in Ohio to trek around this grand country. Sheltowee
had called him weeks ago and invited him to come west to spend the
remaining few days with us and shuttle us around. Dodger and me,
we're friends, too, and it's great to see him again. Another great
day. Got to make the best of these remaining days west, not many
left till we reach Old Point Loma Lighthouse, at the ocean, San
Diego.
Saturday--November 2, 2002
Trail Day--152
Trail Mile--3404
Location--SR,S80 Seeley, California, thence to Coronado Motel, El
Centro
The hike today takes us further south toward El Centro, the road
following along the New River with canals feeding the lush valley
hay and vegetable fields. Dodger checks on us from time to time.
The traffic is light along Austin Road and we're at El Centro,
making the turn west by noon. Another six miles to the little
village of Seeley and we call it a day. Dodger shuttles us back to
El Centro where I Yogi a hiker trash deal at the Coronado Motel.
Prime rib and baked potato. Another tough day!
Sunday--November 3, 2002
Trail Day--153
Trail Mile--3404
Location--Coronado Motel, El Centro, California
Sheltowee and I cranked in some slack as we worked our tentative
final-days itinerary a couple of weeks ago. Today being Sunday, and
being on schedule as we are, decision is to burn a day. El Centro
has all the conveniences--and we got wheels, so we'll stick here
till tomorrow. Stock car racing, football--yup, another tough day!
Monday--November 4, 2002
Trail Day--154
Trail Mile--3425
Location--SR-S80/I-8, Ocotillo, California, Ocotillo Motel
Coffee and glazed donuts, and we're in the van and heading back to
Seeley. Dodger has us trekking west before seven. Oh yes, another
blue-perfect day in the California desert. By eight-thirty, we
reach the little berg of Dixieland. Just west of the city limits
stands this bar, just east of the city limits stands this bar--same
bar, the Desert Fox Saloon, owned and operated by Mike DeSoto. The
old codger's got Playboy magazines on the bar, autographed pinups
gracing the walls full around. Mike pops us a couple-a frosty
longnecks, then tells us all about this desert valley. "We're at
minus sixty feet sealevel here," he says, "and the New River which
runs north from Mexicali, loaded with sewage, insecticide and salt,
runs north right through here to evaporate slowly at 380 feet below
sea level in the Salton Sea.
Coming into Dixieland, I noticed a number of buildings with little
more than tarpaper roofs, some were occupied residences, bare
plywood showing. That set me to wondering--and I asked Mike, "When
was the last good rain y'all got around here?" Mike thought a
moment, then replied, "Nineteen...uh, nineteen-hundred seventy-six,
I believe!" Roofs seem to be more important for shade than for
protection from wet weather.
Desert hiking is slow and ponderous. The miles are long, and
they're all the same--sand and dirt. What few plants there are that
have somehow survived out here are, without exception, various
shades of brown--not making for the most exciting or joyful
experience.
I'm glad to end this day, and it is a great ending, at Ocotillo.
Here's the Lazy Lizard Bar and the Ocotillo Inn. Dan, Dodger, and
me, we've lucked into another great trail town!
Tuesday--November 5, 2002
Trail Day--155
Trail Mile--3449
Location--SR94, Manzanita/Boulevard, California, thence to
Jacumba, Jacumba Hot Springs Spa and Cabana Club
Dodger blazed us an interesting route out and around to the
interstate interchange (I-8) west of Ocotillo yesterday. Following
his directions late evening, we hiked a deadend road west, beat our
way through a typical, desert rock garden, then, up and over
railroad tracks to the off ramp for I-8--where it comes down off
Jacumba Mountain.
This morning, Dodger has us out and headed up the mountain before
seven. We're back on yet another interstate, not the sort of place
most hikers would prefer to hike--but here we go, for the better
part of this day. Thankfully, the traffic is light and the shoulder
wide and clear.
We could see the mountain wall that is Jacumba Mountain for the
better part of yesterday, and we couldn't help but wonder where the
road would go to get through it, for there appeared no way, the wall
being impenetrable. And today we find out, as the road before us
climbs and climbs. It takes three hours to break over the top,
nearly ten miles, up, up, up. The jumble of rock that forms the
face and features of the gulches and lesser knobs totally numbs my
visual sense. The desert sun is so incredibly intense, creating a
brilliant, reflected blaze of brightness in myriad shades of
burnished brown and glazed steel gray. Rocks are balanced on rocks
the size of boxcars. Boulders that have not budged from their
precarious perches for countless centuries appear to be flowing down
above us. And through this all, we run the main gulch that yields a
wedge, a chink in the seemingly solid armor of this mountain. Below
us, then above, appears the remains of the old highway built over
seventy years ago, when the pavement needed be little more than six
or eight feet wide. Along this old road, which we climb along for a
short distance, are there still the remains of old steel beer cans,
their "church key" puncture wounds still evident.
We had been concerned about being stopped along the way today,
pedestrian traffic being prohibited on interstates, but the single
patrolman we see waves, hits his siren for a short blast, and flies
right on by.
The day goes quickly and we're soon in Manzanita, our destination
for the day. Dodger brought us lunch, then cold drinks later--that
helped. Tough hike, eh!
Wednesday--November 6, 2002
Trail Day--156
Trail Mile--3472
Location--SR 94, Petrero, California, thence to ---Park, Petrero
Cold morning. Hiking along SR 94 built in 1932. Many old live oak,
moderate traffic. Lunch at Campo. Southern terminus, PCT. Lots of
Border Patrol. Holes in wall. Paths everywhere. Dodger came with
cold beer before Petrero. Went to border at Tecate for Subway.
Then to Petrero library to write postcards. Less than sixty miles
to the sea. Pitched in ---- Park. |
|
Western Leg - 2,154 Miles
Campo, California to Bridge of the Gods, Cascade Locks,
Oregon - 2008
|
|
Wednesday--April 23,
2008
Trail Day--001
Trail Mile--21
Location--Lake Morena Campground, Morena Village, California
Let
the adventure begin!
Dan, Gordon, and I are up and moving at seven. A dear mutual
hiking friend, Kevin Slider Reardon, from Berlin,
Connecticut, flew into San Diego, has joined us and will be heading
north with us this morning. Gordon gets us loaded and we reach the
monument at eight--the beginning of the PCT, at the Mexican
border. Other northbounders are here, along with dear friends and
well-wishers, WeatherCarrot, Yogi and Squatch.
Picture-taking time over, packs finally shouldered, by 8:30, Dan,
Kevin, and I are on our way. Southern California, where we'll be
hiking the next number of days is pretty much desert--bare rock,
dusty sand, sagebrush, other assorted scrub and grass (all sporting
their individual puncture hardware).
At 2.2 miles the trail crosses SR94, where "X" marks the spot. Here,
my path of 2002, "From Sea to Shining Sea" meets my path now. My
odyssey paths will cross one more time, clear up in the Columbia
Gorge, where I hiked east/west, 2004, and west/east 2006, Lewis and
Clark National Historic Trail, at Bridge of the Gods, Cascade Locks,
Oregon. Gordon is here and in his glory, big smile, "Want a cold
Gatorade!" exclaims Gordon. This hike is going to be a different
hike, not like the long, lonely days on the CDT, or the equally long
noisy days on the open road. I'm pretty sure there'll be
considerably more elaboration concerning this topic as we journey
north.
The hike today will remain a particularly memorable one,
what with the sendoff at the border, and now towards day's end, who
should come hiking down the trail to meet me other than Honey
and Bear. We're in to finish the day at Lake Morena
Campgrounds early evening.
|
"The only certain freedom's is departure."
[Robert Frost]
|
Thursday--April 24, 2008
Trail Day--002
Trail Mile--12.6/0034
Location--Fred Canyon Road/Cibbets Flat, thence to Lake
Morena Campground
This is gonna be hard getting used to--bacon and eggs,
coffee with refills for breakfast. Lunch at mid-day trail
crossing, water spigot (five gallon can in van) for afternoon
recharge, then hot two- or three-course evening meal. We'll not
have these luxuries each and every day, but for most of the way
through California it'll be the daily routine--in addition to
the
20-25 mile days on the trail.
Today we meet a number of southbound hikers. They've all skipped
north to hike back to Lake Morena Campground, location of this
year's ADZPCTKO, an acronym for Annual Day Zero Pacific Crest
Trail Kickoff, which takes place this weekend. Having support,
we can keep trekking on north, then return this evening (and
tomorrow evening) to meet fellow thru-hikers and enjoy the
fellowship of the festival. We'll actually be taking a day off,
a zero-mile day (already) to spend Saturday at ADZPCTKO.
So far we've met fellow hikers JB, Freefall,
Coyote, Ben, Sauerkraut, Miss Sunshine, Heasy,
Potential 178, Montana, Brit, Hiking Cowboy, Eddy, Mattress,
Tomato, A-Train, Nafta, Teatree, Hiking Bear, Ducky, Panama,
Whoda his son, and Whoda's friend, Anime,
and Neighbor Dave. As we trek on north, Morena Lake
backed by Morena Butte are at a distance and behind us now, but
they're still the predominant features in my camera format
screen.
Early evening we arrive Fred Canyon Road from where we descend
to Cibbets Flat Campground. There, Gordon is waiting to whisk us
back to Lake Morena Campground.
|
"Finite to fail, but infinite to venture."
[Emily Dickinson]
|
Friday--April 25, 2008
Trail Day--003
Trail Mile--19.6/0053
Location--Pioneer Mail Trailhead, thence to Lake
Morena Campground
Folks are beginning to arive Lake Morena Campground for
ADZPCTKO. Honey and Bear have invited
us into their campsite, as the campground is totally
packed. The evening last was noisy to begin, but settled
down nicely. I was pretty much pooped and was off to
slumberland in no time.
Well, Dan's feet have really come around; no more
pain, the blisters hardening quite nicely. My feet are
fine, but I am suffering the least discomfort from shin
splints, an almost-always, common malady when beginning
a new journey. Kevin was rocking along nicely until
mid-day, when he experienced a "blowout." Blisters at
the ball of both big toes and both heels. Time for
Doctor Kill Me Quicker to take over again. Slider's
blisters popped, disinfected, and taped, we're off
again.
The hike today takes us up, and up some more, to
5,000 feet, then to over 6,000. The climb is gentle,
however, and the treadway the most forgiving I've hiked
on in recent memory.
As we climb, the trail ventures to the very edge of
the eastern crest escarpment, providing breathtaking,
panoramic vistas--to the desert floor 4,000 feet below,
then beyond to the Salton Sea, dancing on the far
horizon.
At 5,000 feet we have left (for the time being) the
desert harshness, to enter the most cool, shady canopy
of longleaf pine. We remain near 6,000 feet for the trek
on into Pioneer Mail, where Gordon awaits, and we're
soon on our way back down the mountain to Lake Morena
Campground.
It's been a very satisfying day for us; we're all
happily content.
|
"To begin, begin."
[William Wordsworth]
|
Saturday--April 26,
2008
Trail Day--004
Trail Mile--00/0053
Location--Lake Morena Campground
Another night (and a day) at the campground. ADZPCTKO is in full
swing; the campground a blaze of color--tents everywhere. We'll take
the day off and enjoy the company of old friends, and make many new.
Pulling in last evening, first dear friends--Jolene JojoSmiley
Koby/Burly and her husband, Frank Nomad '98 Burley. Honey
and Bear, Rascal, Sly, Troll and
son Oblivious, Billy Goat, Yogi, Sam I Am are here. And
vendors, Gossamer Gear (Glen Van Peski), LEKI USA (Dan Ducey of
Elevation Sales Group), Six Moon Designs (Ron Moat), Blackwater
Press/PCT Atlas (Erik Erik The Black Asorson).
It's such a joy, really a blessing seeing Glen from Gossamer Gear
again. He has a new pack for me, a prototype Murmur that he's
stitched up himself. After he closes down this evening, the pack's
mine. And an amazing piece of gear it is, full harness with shoulder
straps and hip belt, 2200+c.i. carrying capacity--seven ounces; yes
folks, seven ounces!
In the evening, Honey and Bear prepare a sendoff
feast for us. It's a grand affair. Then, as always, and too-soon,
the inevitable time comes--time for the hugs, for the sad good-byes.
We've got a 24 to knock out tomorrow and it's nearly an hour's drive
back up the mountain to Pioneer Mail Trailhead, so we've got to get
back there tonight and get camp set in preparation for an early
departure tomorrow.
Oh my, it's sure been a grand time at ADZPCTKO. Thanks all, to you
who've worked so diligently to make it all happen, to make it a
grand, memorable affair.
|
"Ask for the ancient paths where the good way
is; and walk in it and find rest for your soul"
[Jeremiah 6:16]
|
Sunday--April 27, 2008
Trail Day--005
Trail Mile--24.9/0078
Location--Scissors Crossing
We break camp and manage to get going a bit before seven. The trail
trends generally north today along and just below the ridge. Wind
generated by the rising desert heat knocks us around all morning,
but the buffeting is well worth it--breathtaking views down the
eastern slope, to the Colorado Desert floor some 4,000 feet
below. Yesterday, at near 6,000 feet the trail wound around
Stephenson, Monument, and Garnet Peaks. It's interesting how the
rain shadow, a wall in the sky created by these towering Laguna
Mountains, prevents the earth-enriching water-laden clouds from
passing. All along today, as the trail continues by this eastern
escarpment is this stark contrast so evident.
Gordon is waiting for us at six miles out where the trail
winds back to meet the road. I drag an old wool blanket out of the
chaparral, the last of countless blankets left behind by illegals
flooding across the border from Mexico--a souvenir from the desert
segment of this trail. At the van, we make sandwiches, then water-up
for the remainder of the day.
There's a water tank at around mid-afternoon, where we meet
Running Feather who's also headed north. I've enough water
to make it in so I hike on by, and down to Scissors Crossing, our
destination for the day. Along the way I pass Bebop from
Georgia, and Gil and Ziv from Israel. Also, in a short while I meet
Ace. He's down here from Alaska taking in some of the best the lower
48 has to offer.
Both Dan and Kevin are having doggie problems, all caused by
the sand, heat, and these early long miles. Fortunately, I've
managed to avoid the usual hike start-up issues, save my minor shin
splints, which are no better today, but no worse.
It's been a long, hot hiking day. Great to see Gordon and
the van. Cheeseburgers and pasta for supper, prepared by Chef Dan
and Chef Kevin. Ummm-umm!
"Happiness has to do with
struggling and enduring and
accomplishing."
[George Sheehan]
|
Monday--April 28, 2008
Trail Day--006
Trail Mile--23.8/0101
Location--Barrel Spring
A difficult night at Scissors Crossing. Traffic all night, heavy
trucks hissing their air brakes at the stop sign. The campsite was
fine enough, under a dying old cottonwood at least seven feet in
diameter. Plenty of sand (say dirt) to go around. The filth and grit
gets into everything. Goes right through shoes and socks. Feet turn
completely black, what with a little sweat added to the mix.
My back is a little stiff, legs and feet the least heavy and
burdened, but don't you know--this old jitney will soon be up to
speed and clanking right along.
I've long heard about the drastic temperature swings in the desert;
now I'm a believer. 29 degrees in my tent this morning, and before
the day's over, the mercury soars to over 97 degrees.
At lower elevations, below 3-4,000 feet, the desert is
totally a-bloom, bright, lush tints, every shade of Roy G. Biv. Yellows
and whites predominate, dabs of green now and again are
intermixed--grasses always struggling to make a show.
I'm the last one out this morning. The trail leads straight
into switchbacks. Up and up we go. As the trail winds out and back,
ever climbing, does the desert vegetation also change. Now comes
barrel, ocotillo, and prickly pear cactus, all in bloom, and many
other varieties, their names I know not. Dainty little wildflowers,
so small and fragile, happy and prospering in this harshness. It's a
miracle, no other explanation, just a miracle to behold. Ah, and I
am here to see, to wonder at it all.
Another long, hot day. Much climbing again, and the rocky
downs--and the heat. What a treat and what a surprise to find water
running, filling the tank at Barrel Spring.
Gordon is waiting at the road, by the gate. I help him set
camp then head for the spring tank for a cool splashdown. Another
long, hot day. No barking doggies, but they're sure growling.
"People see God every day, they
just don't recognize him."
[Pearl Bailey]
|
Tuesday--April 29,
2008
Trail--Day 007
Trail Mile--9.2/0111
Location--Warner Springs, Warner Springs Ranch
A short day, the trail bops along, no big pulls or downs. At lower
elevations now, the small stream, San Ysidro Creek, actually has
water in it.
Many more wildflowers, countless varieties line the trail today. I
stop often to marvel at their childlike happiness, share their joy,
and take their picture.
The feature for today is Eagle Rock, an interesting, monument-like
natural formation, shaped like an eagle with wings outstretched, as
in just landing or preparing for takeoff. Great photo ops here on
another perfectly clear day in the southwest desert.
For the past number of days, Dan's been telling us, quite
emphatically might I add, that there's a Burger King just around the
corner. Ha, late morning, here comes Steve, local trail angel,
loaded down with bags and a cooler. "You guys like a cheeseburger
and fries--some sweet tea?" asks Steve, big grin. I'm not believing
this; Slider's not believing this. "Burger King, right?"
asks Dan. "Burger King," says Steve. I look at Slider. Slider
looks back at me--bewildered--and shrugs. Time for burgers and
fries--from Burger King, compliments of Steve. Friends, there's just
no way I could make this stuff up; thanks Steve! Seems Dan knew you
were on your way, he just didn't know when you'd get here!
It's a short hike on down to Warner Springs. We're in by
one. The trail skirts around, but we cut through town, and on the
way, take an overnight at the grand Warner Springs Ranch.
In the evening, oh yes, steak and baked potato at the ranch
restaurant.
Fine ending to a memorable day.
"Come forth into the light of
things. Let Nature be your teacher."
[William Wordsworth]
|
Wednesday--April 30,
2008
Trail Day--008
Trail Mile--15.6/0126
Location--Chihuahua Valley Road, "Mike's Retreat-on-the-Hill"
Bunkhouse
A grand stay at Warner Springs Ranch; very accommodating folks, old
place but neat and clean. Super supper--steak and baked potato,
pure, high octane hiker jet fuel.
We'd hiked the road in yesterday, a little longer route than the
official trail around, so this morning it's the roadwalk on around
and back out to where the trail crosses again, about a mile. Gordon
is here to make sure we don't trek on past, as the crossing is
somewhat obscure.
Ever since hiking together, our respective transcontinental treks in
2002, Sheltowee and I have had an ongoing contest as to who
could pick up the most change along the road shoulders. We both got
skunked this road-around, but I did pick up a stainless steel
round-head Phillips sheetmetal screw--another souvenir for the
mantle at home.
Yesterday I'd received a somewhat urgent email from my Webmaster,
Cywiz. Her concern: "California wildfires ... broke out
Saturday in the Angeles Forest (#6 location on the Forestry PCT
Trail map). The area of evacuation right now seems to be in and
around the foothills of Sierra Madre. There is much talk about the
pollution of the air being vast in its outreach, and you, Slider
and Sheltowee will be walking through the Angeles
Forrest very soon." We have, indeed, heard about the fires and can
see the far away cloud-haze they are creating. We're in no danger
now but wouldn't be the least surprised to find the trail closed
north of us.
Out a short distance, and in just moments I meet Big, and
we hike together on up to a trailside camp. Here I wait for
Sheltowee and Slider. We hike most the remainder of
the day together, making good time, considering. Both continue to
have day-to-day feet issues, healing blisters and tenderness. At
Agua Caliente we have the first challenge, as to keeping our feet
dry. The crossing appears to be, but is a not so easy rock-hop. Dan
has to stop and wring out his right sock. Ha, yesterday he washed
his shoes and spent 45 minutes tending them at the dryer in Warner
Springs.
The trail climbs on up the canyon, presenting many more rock-hops,
each crossing being a little narrower. Here in this ribbon oasis,
Agua Caliente Canyon, does there present such remarkable
contrast--this lush, green coolness, to the arid, sunburned brown of
the surrounding desert. Dainty little flowers, tall grasses,
gallant, century-old oak--just a remarkable pathway up and
through. Ah, but with an occasional prickly pear cactus intermixed
to remind us we're not far from the desert.
As we hike along, do we meet and pass other northbounders trekking
out of Warner Springs, first Christina, then Vanity Fair,
and her daughter, Wind Breaker.
We stop for lunch near Lost Valley Spring, elevation 4,450
feet. Also relaxing here for lunch are Grandpa Kilt and
Spike.
Out from lunch, descending, do we enter the most intense desert
burnover. This fire occurred years ago, but the barren desolation
remains, exposed boulders and rock, pumice-like dusty sand, charred,
blackened snags. The entire scene is depressing, forbidding,
certainly not designed to gladden the heart.
Later we climb again to meet up with Spider and E.T.
(Energetic Turtle). Now, late afternoon we arrive the
little oasis, a weekend retreat in the desert, up on the mountain,
called Mike's. Mike isn't here, but he's left a sign on the gate
welcoming PCT thru-hikers. What a blessing to get in, as the wind
has come up, has turned hard and steady, and it's becoming very
cold.
Many other northbounders have congregated on Mike's screened-in
porch. Sheltowee, Slider, and I look around and
find the bunkhouse. It's unoccupied, complete with three bunks and a
cot--and a door that closes snugly. We carry the Coleman lantern
down from the van and in no time we're comfortable and secure for
the night.
"Let me enjoy the earth no less because
the all-enacting light
that fashioned forth its loveliness had
other aims than my delight."
[Thomas Hardy]
|
Thursday--May 1, 2008
Trail Day--009
Trail Mile--24.2/0150
Location--SR74, Pines to Palms Highway, thence to Idyllwild
A very comfortable night at Mike's. Got down to 42 degrees this
morning, but we slept just fine in Mike's bunkhouse. Thanks Mike,
whomever and wherever you are.
Today is a long bop-it-along 24 mile day. Lots of side-slabbing
around many lesser knobs and crowns. Where the trail follows the
south-and/or west-facing slopes, the treadway is hot-hot sand and
rock, requiring much concentration--and slow, frustrated
churning. We stop often to cool our trail-weary doggies.
Along, we meet some new folks, Hardcore and Latecomer,
and Brian and Tangent, Later we pass Christina, Alien
March, Grandma Kilt, Spider and ET,
and Big.
In some of these long stretches where there's no water anywhere, the
PCT folks have established water caches, jugs of water stored in the
bushes or in small, open sheds to keep the sun away. Most welcome
today is the well-stocked cache at 13 miles out. Here, we pull up
for lunch, then water-up before heading on north. Sign on the shed
reads, "PCT Class of 2008." Thanks, Pacific Crest Trail Association
(PCTA)!
Earlier in the day, Gordon had left a message for both Slider
and Sheltowee concerning new fires that will be causing
trail closure just to the north. Apache Peak is on fire, around
which the trail passes. As we approach the Pines to Palms Highway,
our destination for the day, below we see the green U.S. Forest
Service truck leaving the trail crossing. The forest ranger had just
posted a hand-written cardboard sign on the kiosk there announcing
trail closure for the next 50 miles north.
Gordon is here, as is Meadow Mary. Gordon to pick us up,
and Meadow Mary to stock the water cache just inside the
gate.
We waste no time heading down to Paradise Cafe--for their grand Jose
burger. After, we return to the trailhead to pick up Alien march,
who'd asked for a ride on up to Idyllwild, where Dan, Kevin, and
I'll hole-up for a day's rest. We all dearly need a good hot
bath--and a day off.
"There must be quite a few things that a
hot bath won't cure, but I don't know
many of them."
[Sylvia Plath]
|
Friday--May 2, 2008
Trail Day--010
Trail Mile--00/0150
Location--San Jacinto State Park Campground, thence to
Idyllwild
Idyllwild was full up last, so we pitched at the San Jacinto State
Park Campground. A cool night with no wind. Quiet and
comfortable--and baths in the bath house!
This morning we manage a room at the Idyllwild Inn. Kind, sweet
smile from owner, Emily. "Bring your dirty clothes in, we'll wash 'em."
beams Emily. She puts us in #7, a quaint, rustic cabin, complete
with fireplace and ricked firewood, clean and neat. Delicious
breakfast at the Red Kettle. Nice, friendly trailtown. Not heaven
though--at least one old curmudgeon. Boldly written (on the banner
below "Welcome 2008 PCT Hikers"), appears, "And thanks for starting
the forest fires!" Mention of the mischief to John, postal clerk,
has him concerned and the least upset. Ditto for the sweet lady at
the pharmacy. Idyllwild likes and very much appreciates PCT hikers.
The remainder of the day is spent updating journals, soaking tired,
tender feet in hot Epsom salts, enjoying a fine pizza--oh, and a
couple tallneck Sams.
"The sovereign invigorator of the body
is exercise, and of all the exercises
walking is the best."
[Thomas Jefferson]
|
Saturday--May 3, 2008
Trail Day--011
Trail Mile--13/0163
Location--Hike from Falls Creek Road/Snow Creek Canyon to
Whitewater Preserve (The Wildlands Conservancy Fish Hatchery)
Whitewater Canyon Road
Due to the fire on Apache Peak, which has caused trail closure
affecting over 50 miles of trail, we've had to move on north today,
skipping the San Jacinto Mountains.
We've had a very much needed rest in Idyllwild, the stay most
enjoyable. Idyllwild is definitely a hiker friendly trailtown.
Gordon finally gets us collected and loaded up around ten. Dan has
already gone through a pair of shoes on his hike from Point Loma,
and needs to stop at the General Store for some Super Glue to attach
his gaiters to the new GoLites he's just purchased. It's a long
winding climb up and then down to I-10 and Cabazon--thence to Palm
Springs. We're finally on the trail north, north of I-10, around
noon.
Looking behind us now we can see Fuller Ridge, the northern-most
(snow-covered) mountain we've had to bypass. A report received this
morning indicates the fire to be 70 per cent contained, and that the
trail may be open again by the 7th or 8th. From our starting point
here at Falls Creek Road, we'll hike on north for the next few days,
allowing time for the trail to reopen and for the high-mountain snow
to melt.
The trail today soon takes us under I-10. In the cool shade of the
underpass, Trail Gorillas Don and John (local members of the PCTA)
have cached an ice-filled cooler of pop for PCT thru hikers. Over 20
have already signed the cache register (no pun intended) today.
By noon we've climbed from the desert floor, up to Mesa Wind Park,
where hundreds of the three-prop wind-powered turbines are cranking
in the wind. At the park office, and at the invitation of the Mesa
Wind Park folks, we take our lunch break. An air conditioned
conference room, a table to sit, and a fridge stocked with ice cold
bottle water--really roughing it, eh!
By a little before five we've descended into Whitewater Canyon, and
in short order we're at the Wildlands Conservancy Fish Hatchery
where Gordon's already reserved a campsite for us. In the campground
are Brian and Lisa, who've come out from San Diego to offer some
special trail magic. They're set up for grilling burgers, are
stocked with cold pop--and watermelon for desert. Hey, we're
invited! Thanks Brian and Lisa!
Lots of hot sand, little shade, and plenty of climbing today. A
tough but rewarding day.
"Hark to it calling, calling clear,
Calling until you cannot stay
From dearer things than your own most
dear
Over the hills and far away."
[William Ernest Henley]
|
Sunday--May 4, 2008
Trail Day--012
Trail Mile--20.7/0184
Location--Mission Creek Trail Camp
Our stay here at the Conservancy facility has been
grand. The whole place whizbang new, with spacious campsites, nearby
restrooms, and very competitive rates--free!
A cool, clear morning, we're out and hiking a little after seven,
the earliest hit-the-trail time for us so far.
The PCT leads out and up Whitewater River Canyon, from where it
proceeds to climb the East Fork, Mission Creek, a distance today of
twenty-plus, almost entirely up, from elevation 2,450 to 7,950, a
vertical climb in excess of one mile.
I hike some today with Alien March, Sauerkraut, and
Tyler. Late morning, Slider has another blowout, but this
one not involving the feet as has been the problem
previously. Suffice to say he's slowed way down and has started
moving really funny. Well, anyway, just go to my poetry page and dig
around till you find the ditty, Hiker's Scourge. That'll explain it!
The scene presented today is not one of beauty, rather one of
scorched, barren earth. A raging fire swept up and through here in
the recent past, burning everything in its path, so it seems did the
earth burn too. Near the upper canyon we cross from the San Gorgonio
Wilderness into the San Bernardino National Forest. Spared by the
fire, the transition here is abrupt, from one of stark desolation to
that of forested beauty.
Late evening and still climbing, Sheltowee, Slider, and I
reach our camp for the night. Gordon has arrived and is waiting, to
tell us of his adventure for the day--up the steep, rutted road to
Mission Creek Trail Camp. Seems he had a few brush-ins, what with
his low-clearance running boards--and a few not so low rocks. The
rocks won. He was unable to open the right-side door until a bunch
of hikers jumped up and down, bending the running board back down to
where it belonged--a bit battered and still bent, yet functional.
A very cold evening, but we've a fine hot meal, prepared by
Slider and Sheltowee. This has been the most demanding
hiking day so far.
"Short is the little time which
remains to you of life. Live as on a
mountain."
[Marcus Aurelius]
|
Monday--May 5, 2008
Trail Day--013
Trail Mile--15.7/0200
Location--Broom Flat Road, thence to Big Bear Lake, Big Bear
Frontier Resort
The night started cold, then got colder. This morning my Suunto Core
ABC wristop reads 25 degrees, brrr! Slow getting up and going. Lots
of hot coffee, to warm my innards and my sticks-for-fingers hands.
The hike today will not compare to that of yesterday, much shorter
and flatter. I wait to see Gordon off and wish him well on getting
out. In a short distance, the trail and the road meet. I can hear
the music, the great songs about the trail, recorded by Jim
Walkin' Jim Stoltz. Then I see Gordon again, standing, looking
toward the trail, lost to the trail, totally content. He's got all
the van doors open, all the speakers crankin'. It's a very emotional
time as I cross the road. What's going on here is a mutual feeling
of love and respect--and shared understanding. No need to speak,
just a solid hug, and a nod, that does it.
Today we near Big Bear Lake, and close-up civilization. The trail
winds and works around, but below and along are many road, power
lines, and dwellings.
Gordon has dropped down from the main paved road and has worked his
way a mile or so over another runningboard bender to where the trail
crosses, there to pick us up for the evening. We've 200 miles behind
us now--o'er the PCT.
|
"I owe
it all to the salt of the earth,
and the friends along the way."
[Jim Walkin' Jim Stoltz]
|
Tuesday--May 6, 2008
Trail Day--014
Trail Mile--19/0219
Location--Van Dusen Canyon Road, thence to Frontier Lodge, Big
Bear Lake
We've found great lodging in Big Bear Lake at Frontier Lodge. We'll
return here tonight and again tomorrow night, as we hike the huge
horseshoe around Big Bear Lake.
Gordon has us back on trail a little after eight. He'll be seeing us
at lunch, at ten miles out where the trail crosses CA18. We're all
hoping Slider can make the ten, and continue the remaining
nine for the day, as he is suffering much pain from a very large
blister on the ball of his right foot. Dr. Kill Me Quicker waved his
magic wand over it last evening and again this morning--but we'll
see.
A short way into the hike this morning the trail drops down into
Arrastre Creek Canyon. The canyon is lush, the creek running the
coolest clear water. Here in this canyon reside the most magnificent
evergreen, perhaps even more majestic than the virgin stand of
hemlock in Stover Creek near Springer Mountain, Georgia. I recall
being in total awe when I first saw the huge hemlock there. Here in
Arrastre are ancient Ponderosa pine and white fir. My reaction is
the same. I stand and gaze in silence. It is as if there are grand
sky-hinged cathedral doors opening before me, as if I am entering
Nature's very own place of worship. The trail weaves back and forth
among these towering giants. Pictures cannot begin to describe their
majesty. You must come here and experience their presence for
yourself.
Where the trail crosses CA18, Gordon is waiting--time for
lunch. While relaxing and enjoying our respite, up drives Erik
the Black. Erik lives in Big Bear and comes up often to meet
and greet PCT hikers. He's up today to place a small sign by the
trail announcing the availability of his new PCT Atlas. If you've
looked at this year's list of sponsors, you know that Erik is
supporting the old Nomad. I've been test driving his new
guide to help us up the trail, and it has proven to be most helpful;
thanks Erik!
A good climb to end the day, through jumbles of baseball-size
rocks. Been a tough day, but I make it fine--so does Slider!
"It's the beauty that thrills me with
wonder,
It's the stillness that fills me with
peace."
[Robert W. Service]
|
Wednesday--May 7, 2008
Trail Day--015
Trail Mile--18.2/0237
Location--Crab Flats, Thence to Frontier Lodge, Big Bear
Lake
Another grand night at the frontier. We need an early start
as there's a long roadwalk today, but despite our best
efforts we're not on the trail until after eight. Within the
hour our paths cross with that of the Pearl Girls.
They are One Step, Blue Butterfly and Guardian
Angel. I linger and chat with Blue Butterfly.
A good exchange of energy.
As we work our way around Big Bear, the trail climbs,
offering sweeping views down and across Big Bear Lake--to
the snow-capped peaks beyond. Finding the perfect spot, I
take a panoramic shot with my little Canon.
Just ahead of us an intense forest fire swept clean
thousands of acres last September, closing the trail, and so
the roadwalk re-route.
We're hiking into another cool, clear day, helped along by
the gentle breeze, making the roadwalk a most pleasant
experience. Gordon is right here on the road with us, bumpy
though it is, and he pulls on ahead every hour or so to
await our arrival. Toward day's end the road bails off the
mountain, down to Holcomb Creek. Gordon is here and we call
it a day.
What we thought would be a shortcut back to Big Bear turns
out a round-about scenic tour, which includes a five minute
close-up of logs being loaded on a timber truck. We're the
captive audience (loader and truck are blocking the road).
We finally arrive back at Big Bear early evening.
|
"Above me spreads the hot, blue mid-day sky,
Far down the hillside lies the sleeping lake
Lazily reflecting back the sun."
[Amy Lowell]
|
Thursday--May 8, 2008
Trail Day--016
Trail Mile--11.5/0249
Location--Deep Creek Canyon near Deep Creek Hot Springs
Getting out of town days are always chaotic. Today is the day to
check out of Frontier Lodge, but before loading and leaving we make
a trip to K-Mart for a few things--a large pan for cooking our beans
and pasta, and some bins to organize our kitchen and personal
items. Back at the lodge now--dang, seems we've taken up residence
here. Load after load of "stuff" must be collected and organized
(into the new bins), then hauled to the van. The van was (I say:
WAS) Gordon's home. Slowly but surely he's become pretty much
displaced. "Who shoved all that stuff up in there yesterday?" Gordon
asks. "One end of my bed is pushed up so far I don't have room to
lay down anymore." Oh boy, sorry, Gordon!
The drive back to the trail takes two solid hours, over rough,
two-track ruts in some places. The custom running boards on the van
are totally shredded, the braces busted loose, the once very nice
aluminum diamond-plate bent and fractured beyond repair. To have had
Gordon come in to support us at this nearly inaccessible place was a
very bad decision. Gordon's always game though, and we've taken
advantage of him. That's got to stop. In the past, when his sister,
Sue, was still alive, they had a rule not to venture off paved
roads--a good rule. We must consider returning to that rule, before
we wreck Gordon's van entirely.
We're finally back on the PCT a little before three. Easy enough
hiking. The trail leads on down Holcomb Creek, then climbs the
canyon wall to cross up and over into Deep Creek. Deep Creek Canyon
is properly named, as the narrow, near-vertical walls add effect to
the sheer depth. Along, the trail has been carved from the canyon
face, crossing cliffs of solid rock in some places. As dusk
approaches, and as we become the least apprehensive about finding a
place to set camp for the night, the most remarkable
once-in-a-lifetime (trail lifetime) experience happens. I'm hiking a
few paces ahead of Sheltowee, who is ahead of Slider
a step or three. We're happily clacking along, each in our own
little world, when Sheltowee shouts, then abruptly pulls
up. In the time span of no more than a second or two, and between
us, a snake rolls down the bluff wall to plop in the middle of the
trail right. It's coiled in a ball, its body wrapped around a
mole. No concern for us, just the task of squeezing the life out of
the mole, which it's apparently just bit hold of. We huddle around
in disbelief. I grab my camera. Sheltwee and Slider
both go for theirs. During the next three or four minutes we each
shoot the coiling, recoiling scene--and the futile effort made by
the mole to escape. Oh yes, the snake wins! Please remember to check
out my photo album in a week or so--amazing video, absolutely
amazing.
Just before sunset the canyon opens the least bit, to allow a small
knoll, where upon we quickly ascend to pitch on the small flat-spot
crown for the night. A short but very eventful day.
"The true mystery of the world is the
visible, not the invisible."
[Oscar Wilde]
|
Friday--May 9, 2008
Trail Day--017
Trail Mile--25.5/0275
Location--Lake Silverwood State Recreation Area
A cool but very relaxing, quiet night, the first, believe it or not,
that we've camped unsupported. Another glorious day; we break camp
and get going a little before seven.
We're all excited this morning, anticipating our arrival at Deep
Creek Hot Springs. We tried to make it in last night but ran out of
daylight. Short hike this morning; we're at the springs before
nine. No disappointment here. Lovely, pristine geothermals. The
locals know they're here, but have kept them clean. Two great hot
pools, one directly next the creek. The three of us go for that
one. A dare sets me to diving into the frigid creek, from there to
swim back to the hot pool. Invigorating is the word to describe the
experience. A double dare puts both Sheltowee and
Slider into it. We all whoop and holler--it's definitely a
hoot!
The hike today is segmented, a very nice change of pace. It'll turn
an impressive mileage day too, the fun diversions keeping it short.
Next diversion: The road crossing at CA173. Trail angels Marlene
and Meadow Mary are both waiting--and of course,
Gordon. Many hikers trekking along today, and many stop for
refreshments and a break from the heat.
We're away by one, and away to the next diversion: a short hike then
a roadwalk along CA173, where Gordon meets us with cold Gatorade.
Then it's the final diversion, a climb from the arid desert floor,
up then around Lake Silverwood, a shaded, crystalline, high-held
impoundment of Cleghorn River.
At dusk we're approaching the lake campground where we'd planned to
stay the night, but being the start of the weekend, the place is
full. We do squeeze in, however, next the trail, at an equestrian
site.
|
"As the weary traveler sees
In desert or prairie vast,
Blue Lakes, overhung with trees
That a pleasant shadow casts."
[Henry Wadsworth Longfellow]
|
Saturday--May 10, 2008
Trail Day--018
Trail Mile--13.1/0288
Location--I-15 Trail Crossing, Cajon Pass, thence to Best Western
Motel
Cools down quickly in the desert. Dropped to 39 degrees last
night. Warm and comfy in my new Mountain Hardwear Phantom 32 bag,
though. Great night's sleep.
We've a short climb first thing, up and out of Cleghorn Canyon, then
down and out of Lil Horsethief Canyon. A final climb takes us over
to Crowder Creek. There we descend to Cajon Pass, a busy crossing
for commerce; crushing commercial traffic both directions on I-10,
and B&N and UPAC hauling both ways, seven diesel locomotives pulling
the grade through the pass.
We're in a little before one. Trail marker says .4 to McDonalds. Oh
yes, double cheeseburger(s) and biggie fries here I come.
Dan's cut a deal at Best Western. Much needed rest for all of us.
|
"Hold fast to dreams, for if dreams
die, life is a broken winged bird that
cannot fly."
[Langston Hughes]
|
Sunday--May 11, 2008
Trail Day--019
Trail Mile--13.3/0301
Location--Swarthout Road, thence to Snow Canyon above/by
I-10, and finally, to our camp below Fuller Ridge
The afternoon and evening last at Best Western, Cajon Pass,
was much needed. This morning I clear out their muffins and
coffee.
Another glorious day in the desert: a million-mile-deep,
blue-perfect sky, and a cool breeze--perfect!
Where we broke out of Crowder Creek Canyon yesterday, to
reach I-15, and where the old roadway (and even older
wagonway) of nearly a century ago followed down--here we
begin our trek anew this morning by an old monument long
since passed by. Inscribed on its cracked, sun-bleached
surface are the words, "To the Santa Fe and Salt Lake Trail
of 1849, in honor of the brave pioneers of California."
First out this morning, an interesting hike, through a 200
yard tunnel/drainage under I-15. Dan's able to maintain cell
phone contact the whole way. The cell folks, indeed, have
the interstates covered, above and below.
This will prove Slider's day for snakes. I'm right
with him for two, the first, a respectable rattler. The
final one he confronts later in the day is directly on the
trail, and Slider doesn't see him till he's taken
that can't-come-back step. Sheltowee and I are
above on a switchback, maybe 50 yards distant, and we can
both hear Slider's expletives-deleted!
Through the I-15 tunnel, we still have the BN&SF and the
UPAC tracks to get over. Just above the tracks presents the
perfect spot to photograph the colorful team-coupled
locomotives hauling the freight through. Dan and I both stop
to get a shot of one passing through.
Our hike today will be segmented, a short five miler up the
ridge from I-15 to Swarthout Canyon Road. It's an
invigorating climb up, around, then down. Gordon is waiting
at the road.
Here we load and head back to Snow Canyon Road at I-10, the
northern end of the trail segment we'd skipped earlier due
to the fire on Apache Peak. We'll hike this 55 mile section
north to south in hopes the trail might again be open
through the burned section.
Gordon has us with packs up and climbing a little after
three. Above us now are snow-capped peaks and ridges. We're
climbing steady, from 2,500 feet, to top out (hopefully
tomorrow) at over 9,000 feet.
It's up and up, toward Fuller Ridge.
By dusk we've managed to reach a small saddle at elevation
4,200 feet. Setting camp for the night is difficult, what
with the 25-30 mph wind. I get my tent pitched, slap
together a cheese sandwich, roll in, then call it a day.
"Over every mountain there is a
path, Although it may not be seen from
the valley."
[Theodore Roethke]
|
Monday--May 12, 2008
Trail Day--020
Trail Mile--19.4/0321
Location--Saddle Junction
We're all up early, a little after five, trying to break
camp in the relentless wind. Last night my fly blew
completely off my tent. Never suffered such a problem
before, over countless nights in the wilds.
The climb of last evening continues. Shleltowee
stops at the first stack of boulders, away from the wind
where he tends to his tender feet. Below, I can see
Slider still struggling with his tent.
By nine I've broken across the lower end of Fuller Ridge at
7,000 feet. I'm above the clouds, well above the clouds,
which engulf the entire I-10 corridor below, to Palm Springs
and beyond. By eleven I'm into the final pull on up to 9,000
feet, near the shoulder of San Jacinto Mountain. Here I
rest, and wait for Sheltowee and Slider to
complete their ascent. They wake me around one and we hike
together through lingering snow drifts, on down to Saddle
Junction.
Our camp tonight is at 8,100 feet. The cold, harsh wind,
often resident of these high places has come to spend the
night with us. In the topmost of the pine does it shout
forth its passing gladness. Pitched now in the lee of an
enormous longleaf, I need place rocks over my fully driven
stakes to hold my tent down. Another cheese sandwich and
this day is done.
"Wind of the East, Wind of the West,
wandering to and fro,
Chant your songs in our topmost boughs,
that the sons of men may know
The peerless pine was the first to come,
and the pine will be last to go!"
[Robert W. Service]
|
Tuesday--May 13, 2008
Trail Day--021
Trail Mile--22.5/0343
Location--CA74, thence back to Best Western, Cajon Pass
I am so thankful to be blessed with such amazing endurance and
stamina at near age 70. To be blister free, to have my knees and
feet not ache, to have my back lifting, carrying effortlessly, to
find my legs once again under me, strong and responsive--though I'm
again a year older, it's a blessing, a true blessing.
The wind has mostly passed on through, leaving the
temperature here above the clouds at 39 degrees. I work with haste
to break camp before my fingers turn to useless sticks.
Here at Saddle Junction we had hoped to find the trail open
down and through the recently burned area. But alas, the sign placed
by the USFS tells us we must use the detour--down Devil's Slide,
through Idyllwild, and from there, a roadwalk back to the trail
crossing at CA74. This we'd hoped to avoid by hiking on north for a
number of days, giving time for the fire to be fully extinguished. A
good plan; just didn't work.
So this morning we turn from the PCT, to the trail down to
Idyllwild, and the long roadwalk.
Down now, in downtown Idyllwild, time for breakfast. Ah, and
we pass right by the Red Kettle. Oh yes, in we go. Coffee, corn beef
hash, eggs and pan-fried taters. High octane jet fuel--a little more
coffee, ma'am!
By four, we've knocked out the roadwalk. Lots of fun looking
for tossed coins. Dan finds the first, a penny. By day's end I've
found two cents. It has turned hot and the tarmac is worrying the
old doggies. A mile or so from the end, both Dan and Kevin stop and
make repairs to their road-weary feet.
It's a long, congested drive back through San Bernardino, then on to
Cajon Pass, near where we'll continue our journey north.
|
"And He--He followed--close behind--
I felt His Silver Heel
Upon my Ankle--Then my Shoes
Would overflow with Pearl."
[Emily Dickinson]
|
Wednesday--May 14, 2008
Trail Day--022
Trail Mile--00/0343
Location--Blue Ridge Campground
We've decided to take a zero-mile day today, to rest a
little from the big pull up on Monday and the roadwalk
yesterday. Staying the night again at Best Western was a
no-brainer (Dan managed another deal for us). Great place,
spacious room (three double beds no less), good folks.
Checkout is eleven; we manage to get loaded and rolling by
twelve. It's a short drive to Wrightwood where we stock up
on groceries for the next three or four days.
Slider has broken the tip on one of his hiking
sticks, so I head for the hardware store to use their vice
to replace it while he's grocery shopping. I have the
broken tip banged off and a new one driven back on in no
time. Dan's finally getting a cell signal here in town, so
he's busy with scout business.
By the time we get out of Wrightwood it's mid-afternoon. Our
stay will be at Blue Ridge Campground tonight, a freebie, no
hookups, no water, but a fine spot, Gordon informs us. Map
shows a paved road leading up (to the campground at 7,600
feet) but there are more potholes than pavement--slow going
for the three mile climb. Finally arriving, we find we've
got the place to ourselves. By now, we've reduced camp setup
to a science. Out comes the little folding table, our cook
stove, cooler, kitchen bin, water can, folding chairs--and
the coffee.
I've a fire going in the fire ring in no time (it's cold at
7,600 feet!). Coffee's on, feet are up, supper's cookin'. Well
now, this is really roughing it!
Relaxing here by the fire, content, tummy topped off, the
horizon framed by the ever deepening shadows across far
mountains, I think of this day, a day of such ease, and I
think of so many other days on the trail, days that try a
man's soul--and so, should I not be thankful. Thank you,
Lord, thank you for all these blessings.
"...trying to understand how you
must feel to embark on such a journey,
how exhausting and yet exhilarating it
must be, and how there are days that you
are able to walk a steady gait with such
energy and purpose, and days that you
must labor and slow down to overcome the
difficulties of the trail, the joys, the
frustrations, but in every day feeling
the overwhelming awe of being surrounded
by, and a part of, God's creation."
[Linda CyWiz Stolte]
|
Thursday--May 15, 2008
Trail Day--023
Trail Mile--20/0363
Location--Start at Blue Ridge Campground, end at Swart Canyon
Road,
thence return to Blue Ridge Campground
We've got a 20 to hammer out, so we're up and out by seven. The hike
today will be from north to south, from the campground back to Swart
Canyon Road where we ended our northerly progress on the 11th--from
where we returned to fill in the bypassed trail section to the
south.
The day starts with a steady climb, on up to 8,100 feet at Sheep
Pass. All along are sweeping views down into the San Bernardino
Valley on one side, and Cajon Pass on the other.
Trekking south as we are today, do we meet many northbound thru
hikers. First is Lucky, then Brandon and Laurie, Next,
Princess of Darkness, Disco, Brian, Christina,
Carbo, Jellybean, Blacksnake, and
Southern Man. Then comes Sly, Sarong and his
brother, Hans, then Grandpa Kilt, Hiking Bare
and Truant, Chase, Gopher, Prison Rob,
Just Ben, Vanity Fair and her daughter,
Breaking Wind. Later in the day comes Jenny, Ken, Delray,
Boomer, Medicare Pastor, and White Buffalo.
Whew, what a busy trail!
We've been hiking the extremes today, from the high elevation
snowpack, exposed to the cold, howling wind, thence down to the
scorching heat and blistering sun of the desert. Are such times not
made for memories--such blessed days in these mountains!
"...however weary, should one faint by
the way who gains the blessings of one
mountain day;
whatever his fate, long life, short
life, stormy or calm, he is rich
forever."
[Muir]
|
Friday--May 16, 2008
Trail Day--024
Trail Mile--18.7/0382
Location--Islip Saddle, thence to Buckhorn Campground
Another cool, incredibly beautiful day. 24 unbelievable days
of sunshine so far. We've been hiking in the San Bernardino
National Forest. Today we'll enter the Angeles National
Forest. And this will be Dan's day. We'll be climbing Mt.
Baden-Powell, named in honor of the man who started the Boy
Scout movement in England way back in 1908. Dan's an Eagle
Scout, runs Camp Daniel Boone near Asheville, North
Carolina, so he's very excited.
Our climb begins where CA2 is closed due to rock slides--at
6,550 feet. Climbing, we're soon in the snow, small patches
at first, then large drifts, which make upward progress slow
and very laborious. My GPS shows it's a little over a mile
to the summit, but we have over four miles of trail to
cover. We're able to follow the trail for awhile, mostly up
snowbanked switchbacks. After getting lost numerous times we
finally give up and turn to the mountain to stomp steps in
the snowpack and work our way straight up. Early afternoon
we finally reach the summit, which stands at a little over
9,000 feet.
Other thru-hikers have made it up with us this morning. We
linger, to take in the incredible 360, and to watch with
interest as Dan reverently creates, then video tapes a short
narrative about Baden-Powell and the creation of the Boy
Scouts. He then ends the clip with a motivational pep talk
to his camp staff--some 300+.
With CA2 closed due to rock slides, Gordon must drive 85
miles around to link back up with us on the other end. He
makes it and is waiting for us at Three Points, on the other
end of CA2. From Three Points we hike a few more miles then
call it a day.
|
"The scout training is effected by
encouraging the boy through his own
enthusiasm to develop himself as an
efficient citizen. To create his own
character and his individual self discipline
from within. This is education."
|
|
[Robert Baden-Powell, July 4, 1916]
|
Saturday--May 17, 2008
Trail Day--025
Trail Mile--21.5/0404
Location--5N04 near Sulphur Spring Camp
Gordon has us back on the trail at Islip Saddle at 7:30. At
the highway the trail leaves the trailhead to climb and roll
up, then around, back and down to the highway--like a ball
of gum rattling around the spiral in the old gumball
machine. Back at the highway, across, up, around, and down
we go again--the old gumball getting a workout today. Back
at the highway once again, we've a roadwalk due to trail
closure. Something to do with a frog, the endangered
yellow-legged frog. Seems the frog has precedent over the
PCT white-legged trekker, a not yet endangered species.
On the roadwalk, are there many snow drifts next the
road. We need ice for the cooler, so reaching Gordon, who's
waiting near the campground, he and I load and return to the
snow--to shovel the cooler full!
Being a Saturday, many day hikers are out on this (yet
another) cool, beautiful day. Along we meet Boy Scout Troop
#1 from West Los Angeles. Sheltowee captivates them
with a short lesson on telling time by the sun. Dan is a
master at motivational speaking. He has the knack of
lifting all to whom he speaks to their highest level, to
appreciate their true potential. It's always fun watching
him weave his magic spell--much the same, I suppose, as did
Baden-Powell as he encouraged young lads to seek and enjoy
nature--and the height of their own potential.
"Now I see the secret of making the best
person:
it is to grow in the open air and to eat
and sleep with the earth."
[Walt Whitman]
|
Sunday--May 18, 2008
Trail Day--026
Trail Mile--23.2/0427
Location--3N17, Santa Clara Divide, Messenger Flats
Campground
Great time last at Newcomb Lodge. Gordon drove us down. Hot
burgers, cool frosties. Perfect ending for the day.
This morning, we're not back on the trail till 8:30 (Gordon
drove us back down to the lodge for breakfast). A segmented
day, what with a stop for Gatorade (Gordon's at the six-mile
road-crossing) and then lunch at 14, where Nell's friend,
Phyllis does trail magic for all. So, even with this
relatively long-mile day, we're in way before dark.
We arrive Messenger Flats to find the campground
closed. "Won't be open till next week." says the Ms. Lady
Ranger as she lets herself out the campground, locks the
gate and drives away. From the gate to the campground is 500
yards, give or take. I jump the gate and walk over to take a
look. Nothing's been done to get the place ready, least I
can tell. Place remains pretty much as winter's left
it. Someone (like a thirsty hiker who was told they'd find
water here) has turned the faucet on--no water. Seems
| |